# agentsite-static-version=142ccf0c-48c6-4b86-bf10-47dbd99b92a9 # mirrixlooms.com > AI-optimized mirror of mirrixlooms.com containing 248 pages totalling 92,473 words of clean markdown content, structured data, and semantic HTML. Original source: https://mirrixlooms.com. Last updated: 2026-10-22T16:19:40.476Z. Each page is available as HTML (with JSON-LD structured data) and Markdown (text-only, ideal for LLMs and RAG). ## Homepage - [Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms – Mirrix Looms](/content/site-root.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (761 words) ## Articles & Blog Posts - [Individual Bobbins of Hand-Painted Silk: Color One – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-silk-color-one/index.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place. This silk yarn is made of 3 plies of 35 Mulberry silk filaments (20-22 denier each) for a total of 105 silk filaments. Each bobbin holds 12 yards of silk. It is reeled silk which means the filaments are single strands that come out of the silk cocoon and then are plied. This produces the highest quality silk. It boasts lots of natural shine, smoothness, evenness and strength and does not pill at all. This silk is perfect for not only tapestry or weft-faced weaving but also needlepoint, cross stitch and embroidery. A single strand exactly covers an 18 count needlepoint canvas. Whether you are looking for an exciting pop of color or plan to use this silk exclusively, it will not disappoint. The great news is it is also colorfast as long as you do not leave it in direct sunlight for long periods of time. Whip out your loom, needlepoint canvas or a piece of cloth and start feeling the colors!12-yard bobbin   (298 words) - [Rebecca Mezoff Book Bundle – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/books-media/products/rebecca-mezoff-book-bundle/index.html): Save over 10% when you buy this bundle of the fabulous tapestry weaver and teacher Rebecca Mezoff's two books: "Untangled" and "The Art of Tapestry Weaving".  "Untangled" is a wonderful basic tapestry book with gorgeous illustrations perfect for weavers of any age. "The Art of Tapestry Weaving" is a more in-depth guide, Save over 10% when you buy this bundle of the fabulous tapestry weaver and teacher Rebecca Mezoff's two books: "Untangled" and "The Art of Tapestry Weaving".  "Untangled" is a wonderful basic tapestry book with gorgeous illustrations perfect for weavers of any age. "The Art of Tapestry Weaving" is a more in-depth guide to weaving tapestry.  (85 words) - ["The Art of Tapestry Weaving : A Complete Guide to Mastering the Techn – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/books-media/products/the-art-of-tapestry-weaving-a-complete-guide-to-mastering-the-techniques-for-making-images-with-yarn-by-rebecca-mezoff.html): All copies ordered now will come with a signed bookplate! Put aside those preconceptions of dusty, medieval tapestries hanging on castle walls! Tapestry weaving has a whole new look, and fiber enthusiasts of all levels are eager to try their hand at creating images with yarn. Rebecca Mezoff, a renowned teacher of conte, All copies ordered now will come with a signed bookplate! Put aside those preconceptions of dusty, medieval tapestries hanging on castle walls! Tapestry weaving has a whole new look, and fiber enthusiasts of all levels are eager to try their hand at creating images with yarn. Rebecca Mezoff, a renowned teacher of contemporary tapestry weaving, shares her techniques in this in-depth guide to every aspect of the process, from developing a color palette to selecting yarn, warping the loom, and weaving the image. Detailed step-by-step photos and inspiring examples from a range of weaver-artists make this a one-stop resource for tapestry weaving how-to. (150 words) - [Welcome to Weaving: The Modern Guide – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/books-media/products/welcome-to-weaving-the-modern-guide/index.html): by Lindsey Campbell Designed for modern makers looking for a book that will continue to inspire them as their skill grows. Lindsey Campbell, the weaver behind the popular blog and brand Hello Hydrangea, teaches more than 30 techniques plus 17 stylish projects for beginners to intermediate-level weavers. With 400+ detai, by Lindsey Campbell Designed for modern makers looking for a book that will continue to inspire them as their skill grows. Lindsey Campbell, the weaver behind the popular blog and brand Hello Hydrangea, teaches more than 30 techniques plus 17 stylish projects for beginners to intermediate-level weavers. With 400+ detailed photos, Campbell offers just the right blend of learning, encouragement, and great weaving results. An easy tutorial helps you to make your own loom that can be used to complete each project. Learn basic terms and skills for beginner weavers, such as warp and weft, and how to keep your sides straight. Sections on intermediate techniques and concepts, such as patterns, and how to add embellishments, give you room to grow your skills. Weave more than 17 projects meant to inspire ongoing creativity, from simple tapestries to woven projects such as a necklace and (yes) a chandelier. (178 words) - [Replacement White Plastic Screws for Wooden Clips (set of two) – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/replacement-parts/products/replacement-white-plastic-screw/index.html): Replacement White Plastic Screws for Wooden Clips (set of two) There are two versions of these white plastic screws. In the drop-down menu choose the color of the metal screw visible from the top of your wooden clips (silver or gold) to select the correct version of the white plastic screws for your loom.  PRODUCT DISC, Replacement White Plastic Screws for Wooden Clips (set of two) There are two versions of these white plastic screws. In the drop-down menu choose the color of the metal screw visible from the top of your wooden clips (silver or gold) to select the correct version of the white plastic screws for your loom.  PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (198 words) - [The Weaving Book: Learn to Think and Create Like an Artist" by Amber K – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/books-media/products/the-weaving-book-learn-to-think-and-create-like-an-artist-by-amber-kane.html): Though written for children, whether you're a child or an adult you'll love this bright, bold book all about weaving. It is filled with colorful and engaging illustrations and teaches problem solving while illustrating the steps of how to weave. It  was written and illustrated by textile designer and educator Amber Kan, Though written for children, whether you're a child or an adult you'll love this bright, bold book all about weaving. It is filled with colorful and engaging illustrations and teaches problem solving while illustrating the steps of how to weave. It  was written and illustrated by textile designer and educator Amber Kane.  The loom illustrations in the book were based off of the author's own Mirrix Loom! The Weaving Book is 2 books in 1. Get a fun and engaging story + a related activities book with activities.  45 page story 30 pages of related activities (144 words) - [Individual Bobbins of Hand-Painted Silk: Color Four – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/hand-painted-yarn/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-silk-color-four/index.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place. This silk yarn is made of 3 plies of 35 Mulberry silk filaments (20-22 denier each) for a total of 105 silk filaments. Each bobbin holds 12 yards of silk. It is reeled silk which means the filaments are single strands that come out of the silk cocoon and then are plied. This produces the highest quality silk. It boasts lots of natural shine, smoothness, evenness and strength and does not pill at all. This silk is perfect for not only tapestry or weft-faced weaving but also needlepoint, cross stitch and embroidery. A single strand exactly covers an 18 count needlepoint canvas. Whether you are looking for an exciting pop of color or plan to use this silk exclusively, it will not disappoint. The great news is it is also colorfast as long as you do not leave it in direct sunlight for long periods of time. Whip out your loom, needlepoint canvas or a piece of cloth and start feeling the colors!12-yard bobbin (297 words) - [The Lily Doll Pocket Pinafore Dress Instructional .PDF – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/books-media/products/the-lily-doll-pinafore-dress-instructional-pdf/index.html):   From the brilliant mind of Noreen Crone-Findlay, we are thrilled to bring you the Lily Doll Project. This adorable doll can be woven on a Mirrix Chloe Pocket Loom with our kit and detailed instructions. But that’s not all. Throughout the year, we’ll continue to launch kits and instructions for you to make beautiful w,   From the brilliant mind of Noreen Crone-Findlay, we are thrilled to bring you the Lily Doll Project. This adorable doll can be woven on a Mirrix Chloe Pocket Loom with our kit and detailed instructions. But that’s not all. Throughout the year, we’ll continue to launch kits and instructions for you to make beautiful woven clothing and accessories for your doll. From party dresses to tiny teddy bears, your woven miniature collection will continue to grow, all with support from the fabulous designer, Noreen, and all of us at Mirrix Looms. Whether you’re a seasoned weaver or have never picked up a loom, The Lily Doll Projects are perfect for anyone looking to make something fun and whimsical on a small loom. This project makes the perfect gift whether for a weaver, crafter or anyone who cannot resist a handmade doll. Gift the entire loom starter package or use the kit to make a Lily doll for someone you love. Learn more about the Lily Doll Projects here.  --------------- This product is a digital .PDF with instructions on how to make a Lily Doll Pocket Pinafore Dress.  This .PDF cannot be sold in the EU or UK. Please contact us for other options.  This product includes: -A 7-page full-color digital .PDF detailing how to make the Lily Doll Pocket Pinafore Dress What do I need with this kit? -A Chloe Pocket Loom (5" or 8") with 12 dent combs-A Lily Doll Party and Pinafore Dress Kit or equivalent supplies -A tape measure or small ruler-Scissors   Level: Beginner and upAdditional Lily Doll Kits and Packages:-The Complete Lily Doll Loom and Kit Starter Package-The Lily Doll Kit-The Lily Doll Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Bear Kit-The Lily Doll Bear Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Party and Pocket Pinafore Dress Kit-The Lily Doll Party Dress .PDF-The Lily Doll Tutu and Shrug Kit-The Lily Doll Tutu and Shrug Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Pixel People Kit-The Lily Doll Pixel People Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Pixel Pets Kit-The Lily Doll Pixel Pets Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Hooded Cape Kit-The Lily Doll Hooded Cape Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Comfort Bears Kit-The Lily Doll Comfort Bears Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Sweater and Skirt Kit-The Lily Doll Sweater and Skirt Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Jeans Kit-The Lily Doll Jeans Instructional .PDF-The Lily Baby Doll Kit-The Lily Baby Doll Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Mermaid Tail Kit-The Lily Doll Mermaid Tail Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Shirt & Shorts Kit-The Lily Doll Shirt & Shorts Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Overalls Kit-The Lily Doll Overalls Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Shoulder Bag Kit-The Lily Doll Shoulder Bag Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Book Kit-The Lily Doll Book Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Celebration Dress Kit-The Lily Doll Celebration Dress Instructional .PDF     (525 words) - [products/the-5-chloe-loom/index.html](/content/products/the-5-chloe-loom/index.html) (799 words) - [The Comfort in Creating Sale Bead Weaving Bundle – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/sale/products/the-comfort-in-creating-sale-bead-weaving-bundle/index.html): Looking for a fantastic deal to start off on your bead weaving journey? This bundle was made for you! Bundle includes:
-An 8" Lani Loom without a shedding deviceIncludes one 14 dent coil, two wooden clips, warping bar, warp coil/spring bar, written instructions.-A No Warp-Ends Kit-A Joshua Bracelet KitHarken back to th, Looking for a fantastic deal to start off on your bead weaving journey? This bundle was made for you! Bundle includes:
-An 8" Lani Loom without a shedding deviceIncludes one 14 dent coil, two wooden clips, warping bar, warp coil/spring bar, written instructions.-A No Warp-Ends Kit-A Joshua Bracelet KitHarken back to the 80s with this fun, neon chevron pattern. It’s simple, but bold, and much easier to wear than that bright green unitard you have in the back of your closet. Instead of a clasp, the beaded piece is finished on a brass cuff lined with ultra suede. The cuff can be adjusted to fit most wrist sizes. Originally, the piece was designed for a live beading party with the wonderful Sara Oehler from SoftFlex Company. (You can find the live beading party recording here.) Not long after the party, Sara’s husband Joshua was diagnosed with an inoperable brain tumor and passed away on June 1st. With her permission, we decided to make this project into a kit and a fundraiser for Sara and her family during this incredibly difficult time. $10 from the sale of each kit will go directly to Sara and her family. The kit includes:-2 grams each of 11/0 Delica beads in 4 different neon colors-5 grams of 11/0 black Delica beads-2 grams of 11/0 black seed beads-10 feet of Soft Flex Wire-1 bobbin of beading thread-1 piece of ultra suede-3/4" resizable brass cuff-1 tube of E6000 glue-A 13-page digital instructional .PDF (sent at time of shipment)-A bead pattern for this project (included in the PDF) What else you need to begin:-A good pair of scissors-A measuring tape-A beading needle. We like this Tulip beading needle.-A sewing needle. We like this Flexwire sewing needle.-A bead mat or piece of cloth to hold your beads PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (444 words) - [Individual Bobbins of Hand-Painted Silk: Color One – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/hand-painted-yarn/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-silk-color-one/index.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place. This silk yarn is made of 3 plies of 35 Mulberry silk filaments (20-22 denier each) for a total of 105 silk filaments. Each bobbin holds 12 yards of silk. It is reeled silk which means the filaments are single strands that come out of the silk cocoon and then are plied. This produces the highest quality silk. It boasts lots of natural shine, smoothness, evenness and strength and does not pill at all. This silk is perfect for not only tapestry or weft-faced weaving but also needlepoint, cross stitch and embroidery. A single strand exactly covers an 18 count needlepoint canvas. Whether you are looking for an exciting pop of color or plan to use this silk exclusively, it will not disappoint. The great news is it is also colorfast as long as you do not leave it in direct sunlight for long periods of time. Whip out your loom, needlepoint canvas or a piece of cloth and start feeling the colors!12-yard bobbin   (298 words) - [Out-Of-The-Box 8" Lani Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/sale/products/out-of-the-box-8-lani-loom/index.html): This out-of-box 8" Lani Loom comes with NO SHEDDING DEVICE and a warp coil of your choice. (Specify in "note to seller" at checkout our email customerservice@mirrixlooms.com after ordering) This loom has some discoloration on the copper side bars (see photos) but no other issues.  Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 5Weaving Len, This out-of-box 8" Lani Loom comes with NO SHEDDING DEVICE and a warp coil of your choice. (Specify in "note to seller" at checkout our email customerservice@mirrixlooms.com after ordering) This loom has some discoloration on the copper side bars (see photos) but no other issues.  Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 5Weaving Length: 26" with continuous warping Loom Width: 8Weight: 3.0 lbs  Loom Description:The 8” Lani Loom is a wonderful bead or tapestry loom for anyone who prefers smaller projects and serious portability. This loom can stand on a table with her one long fold-out leg and will also fit comfortably on your lap.  Included:Loom frame, one warp coil of your choice ( (specify in "note to seller" at checkout our email customerservice@mirrixlooms.com after ordering)), two wooden clips, warping bar, warp coil/spring bar, written instructions. *This product is final sale. No returns. No other discounts can be applied. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (270 words) - [The Kumihimo Round Disk Kit Gift Package – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/sale/products/kumihimo-round-disk-kit-with-silk/index.html): Looking for the perfect gift for someone creative in your life? Grab this portable and convenient traditional kumihimo braiding round disk with eight gorgeous 12-yard bobbins of our hand-painted silk as well as eight EZ Bob thread bobbins all packed up in a beautiful fabric bag. Package Includes:-A Round Kumihimo Braid, Looking for the perfect gift for someone creative in your life? Grab this portable and convenient traditional kumihimo braiding round disk with eight gorgeous 12-yard bobbins of our hand-painted silk as well as eight EZ Bob thread bobbins all packed up in a beautiful fabric bag. Package Includes:-A Round Kumihimo Braiding Disk with instructions-Eight EZ Bob thread bobbins-Eight 12-yard bobbins of hand-painted silk yarn.-A 9" x 7" fabric bag  (107 words) - [Crystal & Bead Wrap Bracelet Class – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/books-media/products/craftartedu-crystal-bead-wrap-bracelet-class/index.html): In this beginner level online class, learn how to weave beads on a loom to create a colorful wrap around bracelet., For a limited time, get this class for FREE when you purchase the kit. Please email customerservice@mirrixlooms.com with your order number after you place your order for the kit to get the link to the class! In this beginner level online class, learn how to weave beads on a loom to create a colorful wrap around bracelet. Follow Claudia Anne Chase’s detailed instruction on how to warp the loom, weave the bracelet and finish the bracelet. You will want to make dozens once you learn how.   Learn to weave a beautiful crystal and bead wrap bracelet. This online class is taught by Mirrix President Claudia Chase.  This class was originally made for Craftartedu.com and still has Craftartedu.com branding, but the company is no longer in business so we are able to bring you this class directly. You can view the class online (and download it directly from Vimeo).Class length: 33:05.   The kit for this class can be purchased here.   A link to the class will be emailed within 24 business hours of purchase. The form of this class is a video featuring a series of images with a voiceover.  This class cannot be purchased outside of the U.S. and Canada. Please contact us directly for more information. (240 words) - [Leg Extenders (Set of Two) – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/replacement-parts/products/leg-extenders-set-of-two/index.html): These leg extenders make your loom's legs longer. They are typically used when loom extenders are on a loom to make the loom more stable.  The total length of each leg extender is 6 7/8". Leg extenders sets come with:-Two leg extenders-Bands to attach the extender legs to your loom's current legs When you install your , These leg extenders make your loom's legs longer. They are typically used when loom extenders are on a loom to make the loom more stable.  The total length of each leg extender is 6 7/8". Leg extenders sets come with:-Two leg extenders-Bands to attach the extender legs to your loom's current legs When you install your extender legs, you will move the current loom's leg end caps to the extender legs. These leg extenders do not come with the end caps. (114 words) - [Replacement Shedding Device Handle – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/replacement-parts/products/replacement-shedding-device-handle/index.html): Replacement shedding device handle., Replacement shedding device handle. (34 words) - [Replacement Shedding Device Handle Screw – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/replacement-parts/products/replacement-shedding-device-handle-screw/index.html): Replacement shedding device handle screw., Replacement shedding device handle screw. (36 words) - [Rebecca Mezoff x Mirrix Looms Tapestry Starter Package](/content/collections/starter-packages/products/rebecca-mezoff-tapestry-loom-starter-package/index.html): If you're serious about learning to weave tapestry and want to learn at your own pace and in the privacy of your own home, we recommend Rebecca Mezoff's online tapestry classes. We've partnered with Rebecca to put together a loom package that gives you almost everything you need to get started with her classes: Your ch, If you're serious about learning to weave tapestry and want to learn at your own pace and in the privacy of your own home, we recommend Rebecca Mezoff's online tapestry classes. We've partnered with Rebecca to put together a loom package that gives you almost everything you need to get started with her classes: Your choice of five loom sizes: Tall Edition 12" Little Guy Loom, 16" Big Sister Loom, Tall Edition 16” Big Sister Loom, 19" Deb Loom or 22" Zach Loom (all with regular shed sizes) Two 8 dent warp coils and two 10 dent warp coils A shedding device and handle Two wooden clips A warping bar A flat wrench An Allen wrench A coil bar A Bottom Spring Kit  A roll of heddles (100) Three 100-yard bobbins of unbleached 12/9 Seine twine  Tall Edition 12" Little Guy LoomWeaving Width: 9"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 12Weight: 4.6 lbs 16" Big Sister Loom Stats:Weaving Width: 13"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 16Weight: 5.4 lbs Tall Edition 16" Big Sister LoomWeaving Width: 13"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 51" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 47" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 16Weight: 6 lbs 19" Deb LoomWeaving Width: 16"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 19”Weight: 6 lbs 22" Zach Loom Stats:Weaving Width: 19"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 51" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 47" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 22"Weight: 7 lbs Note: Everything that comes with this package is listed here. It comes with a total of four warp coils (two 8 dent and two 10 dent). If you want additional warp coils, they can be purchased here. Rebecca Also Recommends: The Spencer Power Treadle Loom Extenders Extra Set of heddles (The 100 heddles that come with this package will allow you to weave a tapestry 10" wide at 10 dpi and 12.5" wide at 8 dpi.)  *Note: This loom will come with a resource page directing you to online resources for loom set-up, warping and weaving. We recommend following these online instructions, but if you would also like the printed warping instructions that come with our other looms, just let us know either in the comments section of your order or via email (customerservice@mirrixlooms.com). *Note: Bottom Spring Kits do not come with springs bars as they are not needed PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (650 words) - [Colonial Craft Needle Assortment – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/sale/products/colonial-craft-needle-assortment/index.html): Colonial Craft Needles. Set of 33 needles includes: Tapestry -sizes 18, 20, 22, and 24Embroidery -sizes 3 and 7Darners -size 18Betweens -size 7Chenille -sizes 20 and 22Long Darners -size 9, Colonial Craft Needles. Set of 33 needles includes: Tapestry -sizes 18, 20, 22, and 24Embroidery -sizes 3 and 7Darners -size 18Betweens -size 7Chenille -sizes 20 and 22Long Darners -size 9 (68 words) - [The Prism Tapestry Kit Second Edition – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/kits/products/the-prism-tapestry-kit-second-edition/index.html): This kit was designed for the Prism Tapestry Weave-Along Second Edition. The weave-along has ended, but when you order a kit we will email you a link to the weave-along content. Click here to learn more about the weave-along.  In February we hosted our most popular weave-along ever, The Prism Tapestry Weave-Along (Weav, This kit was designed for the Prism Tapestry Weave-Along Second Edition. The weave-along has ended, but when you order a kit we will email you a link to the weave-along content. Click here to learn more about the weave-along.  In February we hosted our most popular weave-along ever, The Prism Tapestry Weave-Along (Weave-Along 32.) This small piece was comprised of gorgeous colorful yarn and silk woven on a white background. We're bringing back this weave-along for those of you who missed it (and for those who want to weave another) with the option to make the project in one of three sizes (8” x 9.25”, 4.5” x 6” or 2.5" x 3") and with either a black or white wool and silk background.   This kit can either make one large (8” x 9.25”) tapestry, two small (4.5” x 6”) tapestries or three tiny tapestries (2.5" x 3".) You will have plenty of materials to spare.  Kit includes: One 210 yard tube white or black array wool Seventeen bobbins of 12 yards colored array wool Six bobbins of colored silk Two 50 yard bobbins of black or white silk Two 100 yard bobbins of seine twine:  One bamboo needle One stainless steel needle Downloadable instructions, sent at the time of shipment. What else you need to begin: -A Mirrix Loom: For 3 tiny tapestries: A Saffron Pocket Loom, A Chloe Pocket Loom, 8”, 12”, 12" Tall, 16”For 2 small tapestries: A Saffron Pocket Loom, A Chloe Pocket Loom, 8”, 12”, 12" Tall, 16”, 16" Tall, 22"For 1 large tapestry: A 12”, 12" Tall, 16”, 16" Tall, 22”, 28”, 32”, 38”.  -Heddles can be purchased separately if you plan to use the shedding device on a loom that has one (optional for this project). We will be demonstrating weaving on a loom without the shedding device on it.  (346 words) - [The "Some of Our Favorite Colors" Colonial Yarn Sampler Set – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads-fiber/products/the-some-of-our-favorite-colors-colonial-yarn-sampler-set.html): This gorgeous Persian wool yarn sampler set is ready to be used to make a small tapestry. No need to worry about what colors to use, we guarantee these will look perfect together no matter how you combine them!  Comes with 10 8-yard bobbins of 3-Ply Persian wool yarn., This gorgeous Persian wool yarn sampler set is ready to be used to make a small tapestry. No need to worry about what colors to use, we guarantee these will look perfect together no matter how you combine them!  Comes with 10 8-yard bobbins of 3-Ply Persian wool yarn. (85 words) - [Bobbin of White Silk – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads-fiber/products/bobbin-of-white-silk/index.html): This white silk yarn is made of 3 plies of 35 Mulberry silk filaments (20-22 denier each) for a total of 105 silk filaments. Lots of natural shine, smoothness, evenness and strength. 12 yards, This white silk yarn is made of 3 plies of 35 Mulberry silk filaments (20-22 denier each) for a total of 105 silk filaments. Lots of natural shine, smoothness, evenness and strength. 12 yards (64 words) - [Individual Bobbins of Hand-Painted Silk: Color Three – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/hand-painted-yarn/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-silk-color-three.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place. This silk yarn is made of 3 plies of 35 Mulberry silk filaments (20-22 denier each) for a total of 105 silk filaments. Each bobbin holds 12 yards of silk. It is reeled silk which means the filaments are single strands that come out of the silk cocoon and then are plied. This produces the highest quality silk. It boasts lots of natural shine, smoothness, evenness and strength and does not pill at all. This silk is perfect for not only tapestry or weft-faced weaving but also needlepoint, cross stitch and embroidery. A single strand exactly covers an 18 count needlepoint canvas. Whether you are looking for an exciting pop of color or plan to use this silk exclusively, it will not disappoint. The great news is it is also colorfast as long as you do not leave it in direct sunlight for long periods of time. Whip out your loom, needlepoint canvas or a piece of cloth and start feeling the colors!12-yard bobbin   (298 words) - ["Untangled" By Rebecca Mezoff – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/books-media/products/untangled/index.html): This book by Rebecca Mezoff with illustrations by Molly McNeece covers basic tapestry concepts like weft tension and meet and separate as well as tips like how to make a weft butterfly. It is filled with fun and important information and gorgeous illustrations perfect for weavers of any age. , This book by Rebecca Mezoff with illustrations by Molly McNeece covers basic tapestry concepts like weft tension and meet and separate as well as tips like how to make a weft butterfly. It is filled with fun and important information and gorgeous illustrations perfect for weavers of any age.  (79 words) - [Replacement Extended Handle – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/replacement-parts/products/replacement-extended-handle/index.html): Replacement Extended Handle, Replacement Extended Handle (32 words) - [The Chloe Bead Weaving Starter Package – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/sale/products/the-chloe-bead-weaving-starter-package/index.html): The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths  (either a 5" or an 8" weaving width) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series, The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths  (either a 5" or an 8" weaving width) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series looms, sold here with three pairs of sett combs at 14, 16 and 18 DPI (perfect for bead weaving) that can easily be switched out and two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.   The 14 dent comb is perfect for 11/0 seed beads. The 16 and 18 dent combs are great for 11/0 Delica beads.  Included:One top and one bottom beam, three sett combs (14, 16 and 18 DPI) one threaded rod for an 8" weaving length, two wing-nuts, two double washers, one hex nut, one regular washer one cap nut, one plastic cap, written instructions, two small wrenches for tightening the loom.  Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions.Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe Chloe Pocket LoomThe Complete Chloe Loom and Sett CollectionThe Chloe Loom StandAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron Looms PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (361 words) - [Add-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron Looms – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/threaded-rods-for-the-chloe-or-the-saffron/index.html): All four of these threaded rods can be used with the Chloe Loom or the Saffron Loom. They will also have different maximum weaving lengths, depending on which loom you pair them with because the Chloe and Saffron Looms are made up of different materials. If you are buying extra rods for the 10" Chloe Loom, choose the o, All four of these threaded rods can be used with the Chloe Loom or the Saffron Loom. They will also have different maximum weaving lengths, depending on which loom you pair them with because the Chloe and Saffron Looms are made up of different materials. If you are buying extra rods for the 10" Chloe Loom, choose the option from the dropdown specifically for the 10" Chloe Loom that comes with two rods. Note that the "long rod" option is not available in a pair for the 10" Chloe Loom because that loom comes with that rod size. It is available as a single rod and you can purchase two if you need them for some reason. The Short Rod is 7 3/4" long. The maximum weaving lengths are:Chloe Loom weaving length: 5"Saffron Loom weaving length: 6" The Regular Rod is 11 3/4" long. The maximum weaving lengths are:Chloe Loom weaving length:  8"Saffron Loom weaving length:  9"*Note this is the rod length that came with the Saffron Pocket Loom and comes with the 5" and 8" Chloe Looms The Long Rod is 14" long. The maximum weaving lengths are:Chloe Loom weaving length:  11" Saffron Loom weaving length:12" *Note this is the rod length that comes with the 10" Chloe Loom The Extra Long Rod is 20" long. The maximum weaving lengths are:Chloe Loom weaving length:  16 1/2"Saffron Loom weaving length: 17 1/2" Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (578 words) - [Replacement Allen Wrench – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/replacement-parts/products/replacement-allen-wrench/index.html): Replacement Allen wrench. In the drop-down menu, choose the color of the standoffs on your shedding device to get the correct hex key. The standoffs are the pieces that hold the two thin metal bars on the shedding device. The gold-colored standoffs uses the 7/64ths hex key and the silver-colored standoffs uses the 9/64, Replacement Allen wrench. In the drop-down menu, choose the color of the standoffs on your shedding device to get the correct hex key. The standoffs are the pieces that hold the two thin metal bars on the shedding device. The gold-colored standoffs uses the 7/64ths hex key and the silver-colored standoffs uses the 9/64ths hex key. Gold-colored: 7/64ths hex keySilver-colored: 9/64ths hex key (103 words) - [Six Pack of Bockens Seine Twine Bobbins – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/warp/products/six-pack-of-bockens-seine-twine-bobbins/index.html): Six 100-yard bobbin of 12/6 or 12/9 Bockens Seine Twine. These bobbins are the perfect size to easily warp without having to wind off from a larger cone. On a Mirrix Loom, you don't need one long piece of warp to warp your loom, as you can tie on and off onto the warping bar at any time, so bobbins are super convenient, Six 100-yard bobbin of 12/6 or 12/9 Bockens Seine Twine. These bobbins are the perfect size to easily warp without having to wind off from a larger cone. On a Mirrix Loom, you don't need one long piece of warp to warp your loom, as you can tie on and off onto the warping bar at any time, so bobbins are super convenient. Check out this video to learn more.  Seine Twine is made from long-staple, very high quality cotton (it was originally used to make nets so it had to be strong) and is basically unbreakable.  12/6 Bockens Seine Twine will accommodate 5 to 16 ends per inch.  12/9 Bockens Seine Twine will accommodate 6 to 12 ends per inch. Color: Unbleached or BlackAmount: 600 yards total  (184 words) - [The Yuliya Klochan Cracked Earrings Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/cracked-earrings-pdf/index.html): This kit was designed by Yuliya Klochan, one of Mirrix's 2026 brand ambassadors! Yuliya will receive a portion of the sale of this kit. "Yuliya Klochan is a Ukrainian-born artist based in Chicago. She designs modern beadwork using traditional Ukrainian loom weaving. Yuliya strives to create works that center social jus, This kit was designed by Yuliya Klochan, one of Mirrix's 2026 brand ambassadors! Yuliya will receive a portion of the sale of this kit. "Yuliya Klochan is a Ukrainian-born artist based in Chicago. She designs modern beadwork using traditional Ukrainian loom weaving. Yuliya strives to create works that center social justice and inclusivity—and tell a story with each image. For materials, Yuliya sources the rare “perfect cylinder” Toho Aiko beads, woven together with strong fishing line. The beads come in iridescent, metallic, matte, frosted, luster, and more finishes. Up to 15,000 of them per piece create unique textures and gleams. If you're in Chicago, you can check out Yuliya's beading at local galleries (listed on her website and Instagram)." The kit includes:-1 roll of Fireline 6lb thread-5 grams of black 11/0 beads- 1 gram of gold 11/0 beads-2 gold-colored earring hooks-Kit instructions including instructional .PDF, brief video introduction and full-color digital bead patternThe kit instructions will be sent by email once the package is sent. You can find the Loom Starter Package sold separately here. (213 words) - [The Kaleidoscope Wedge Weave Tapestry Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/kits/products/the-kaleidoscope-wedge-weave-tapestry-kit/index.html): Learn to make a gorgeous wedge weave tapestry with this colorful kit and tutorial. There are so many directions one can go when using the wedge weave tapestry technique. The scalloped edges add a gorgeous shape and the colors of the kit work beautifully together to create a bright, colorful tapestry that you'll be prou, Learn to make a gorgeous wedge weave tapestry with this colorful kit and tutorial. There are so many directions one can go when using the wedge weave tapestry technique. The scalloped edges add a gorgeous shape and the colors of the kit work beautifully together to create a bright, colorful tapestry that you'll be proud to hang on your wall.  This project is part of our new Flying Start Tutorial Series.  Save 20% on this kit when you join The Kaleidoscope Wedge Weave Tapestry Summer Relaunch! The kit includes:-15 half-ounce bobbins of Brown Sheep yarn in 15 different colors-100-yards of 12/6 Seine Twine warp in black -A 16-page digital .PDF detailing how to make this project and focusing on the technique wedge weave. Downloadable instructions will be sent at the time of shipment. -The email address of the tutorial creator (Claudia Chase) so you can ask questions whenever you need. This kit makes:This kit will make one 5.5" x 10" tapestry What else you need to begin: -Any Mirrix Loom except the 5" Mini Mirrix (Note: If you want to use the Saffron Pocket Loom, 5" Chloe Pocket Loom or 8" Lani Loom, you can just make this tapestry 5" wide instead of 5.5) -An 8 dent warp coil or comb -A longer rod if you are using a Pocket Loom (Recommended but you can also make the piece shorter.)-A good pair of scissors-A measuring tape -Heddles can be purchased separately if you plan to use the shedding device on a loom that has one (optional for this project.) The tutorial demonstrates weaving on a loom without the shedding device on it.-If you are weaving on a loom larger than the 28" McKinley Loom, we recommend purchasing additional warp. -A tapestry needle-A tapestry beater (or fork) Interested in a loom starter package that includes this kit? We have one here!  (348 words) - [30 grams of 4mm Stone Beads – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads-fiber/products/30-grams-of-4mm-stone-beads/index.html): 30 grams of 4mm Stone Beads in a variety of colors PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed, 30 grams of 4mm Stone Beads in a variety of colors PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (133 words) - [Black Nylon Beading Thread – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads/products/black-nylon-beading-thread/index.html): One-G nylon beading thread is a tangle-free, fray-resistant nylon thread from TOHO. This thread is strong and doesn't fray easily, making it a good choice for bead weaving.  50-yard spool , One-G nylon beading thread is a tangle-free, fray-resistant nylon thread from TOHO. This thread is strong and doesn't fray easily, making it a good choice for bead weaving.  50-yard spool  (60 words) - [Taos Wools Wool Warp – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/warp/products/taos-wool-warp/index.html): Lincoln 2-ply Worsted Wool Warp 100% Natural White.  Taos Wools specializes in firmly twisted, 100% USA-spun natural wool warps widely favored for tapestry, Navajo-style weaving and saddle blankets. Their warp features durable, non-elastic wools designed to withstand the heavy tension required for weft-faced weaving. S, Lincoln 2-ply Worsted Wool Warp 100% Natural White.  Taos Wools specializes in firmly twisted, 100% USA-spun natural wool warps widely favored for tapestry, Navajo-style weaving and saddle blankets. Their warp features durable, non-elastic wools designed to withstand the heavy tension required for weft-faced weaving. Sold on 100-yard bobbins. (78 words) - [Black C-Lon Beading Thread (size D) – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads-fiber/products/black-c-lon-beading-thread-size-d/index.html): One bobbin of C-Lon Size D Beading Thread in black (78 yards). , One bobbin of C-Lon Size D Beading Thread in black (78 yards).  (44 words) - [Linen Warp Bobbins – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads-fiber/products/bockens-linen-twine-bobbins/index.html): 100-yard bobbin of either 8/4 or 8/2 Bockens Linen Warp This yarn is spun with extra twist and is exceptionally strong for high-tension weaving and rugs that will stand the test of time and use. Color: Unbleached Amount: 100 yards, 100-yard bobbin of either 8/4 or 8/2 Bockens Linen Warp This yarn is spun with extra twist and is exceptionally strong for high-tension weaving and rugs that will stand the test of time and use. Color: Unbleached Amount: 100 yards (77 words) - [Gima Silk Tape Individual Hand-Painted Bobbins: Color Eight – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/gima-silk-tape/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-gima-silk-tape-color-eight.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place.This rare and gorgeous Gima silk tape (also known as Straw Silk) is composed of seven strands of mulberry silk combined to create a flat ribbon-like structure. We imported this silk from a factory in Japan that produces it. Gima means “like linen,” called so because this striking yarn has the crisp feel of linen. As you use it, it softens up slightly but always retains a nice body. It takes dye beautifully and is an absolute pleasure with which to weave. We have used it for: weaving, embroidery, needlepoint (14 or 18 mesh canvas), kumohimo, crochet and knitting.All dye lots are limited to a maximum of 45 bobbins. Although we do not exactly repeat dye lots, we do try to recreate our fan favorites. If you are planning to need a certain number of bobbins to finish a piece, we suggest purchasing what you need up front because eventually any given color way will run out.Each Gima Silk Bobbin holds 12 yards of silk   (300 words) - [Susan Bates Steel Yarn Needles (Set of 5) – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/weaving-accessories/products/susan-bates-steel-yarn-needle/index.html): Susan Bates Steel Yarn Needles (set of 5).  2 inches. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and remo, Susan Bates Steel Yarn Needles (set of 5).  2 inches. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (135 words) - [Gima Silk Tape Individual Hand-Painted Bobbins: Color Twelve – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/gima-silk-tape/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-gima-silk-tape-color-twelve.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place.This rare and gorgeous Gima silk tape (also known as Straw Silk) is composed of seven strands of mulberry silk combined to create a flat ribbon-like structure. We imported this silk from a factory in Japan that produces it. Gima means “like linen,” called so because this striking yarn has the crisp feel of linen. As you use it, it softens up slightly but always retains a nice body. It takes dye beautifully and is an absolute pleasure with which to weave. We have used it for: weaving, embroidery, needlepoint (14 or 18 mesh canvas), kumohimo, crochet and knitting.All dye lots are limited to a maximum of 45 bobbins. Although we do not exactly repeat dye lots, we do try to recreate our fan favorites. If you are planning to need a certain number of bobbins to finish a piece, we suggest purchasing what you need up front because eventually any given color way will run out.Each Gima Silk Bobbin holds 12 yards of silk   (301 words) - [The French Knots Tapestry Kit (Weave-Along 39) – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/kits/products/the-french-knots-tapestry-kit-weave-along-39/index.html): The French Knot Tapestry Kit was made as part of Mirrix's 39th Weave-Along that  took place in February, 2025. The project tutorial is now available for download for free here. This tapestry is all about the materials. It combines wet spun linen with FARO wool and mulberry silk in a tapestry that celebrates neutrals an, The French Knot Tapestry Kit was made as part of Mirrix's 39th Weave-Along that  took place in February, 2025. The project tutorial is now available for download for free here. This tapestry is all about the materials. It combines wet spun linen with FARO wool and mulberry silk in a tapestry that celebrates neutrals and bright colors all at once. During Weave-Along 39, we will explore the art of weaving in opposite directions, slit tapestry, soumak and adding embroidered French Knots to a tapestry as you weave. The finishing is as unique as the design with a stepped edge and gorgeous linen fringe. Have fun playing in the subtle yarn playground of neutrals and pops of silken color with the French Knots Tapestry.  In this weave-along you will learn:-How to set-up and warp a Classic Series Mirrix Loom for tapestry weaving -Tapestry techniques: Weaving in opposite directions, slit tapestry, soumak, French knots-How to finish a tapestry with stepped finishing and fringe  Learn more about Weave-Along 39 here.  The kit includes:-6 six-yard bobbins of Silk Gima Tape (colors may vary)-1 100-yard bobbin of FARO yarn-1 100-yard bobbin 8/2 linen warp-1 50-yard bobbin white Mulberry Silk-A metal rod for hanging-2 five-inch tapestry needles-1 two-inch tapestry needle This kit makes: One tapestry. 5 1/2" wide x 7.5” long to the point (including fringe, it is 12” from the top to the bottom) Plus plenty of extra materials to play with! What else you need to begin:  -A 12" or 16" Classic Series Mirrix Loom with a shedding device  (recommended, but you can also use one without) and a 10 dent warp coil. You can also use the 19", 22" 28", 32" or 38" Looms, but we recommend purchasing an extra bobbin of linen warp. An 8" Chloe Loom with ten dent combs and a 14.5" rod can also be used, though the fringe may be an inch or so shorter.)-A good pair of scissors-A measuring tape -Heddles (60 are needed, these are needed for use with shedding device only)-A beater (or fork) Need a loom? The French Knot Tapestry Loom Starter Package be purchased here (396 words) - [Gima Silk Tape Individual Hand-Painted Bobbins: Color Nine – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/gima-silk-tape/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-gima-silk-tape-color-nine-1.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place.This rare and gorgeous Gima silk tape (also known as Straw Silk) is composed of seven strands of mulberry silk combined to create a flat ribbon-like structure. We imported this silk from a factory in Japan that produces it. Gima means “like linen,” called so because this striking yarn has the crisp feel of linen. As you use it, it softens up slightly but always retains a nice body. It takes dye beautifully and is an absolute pleasure with which to weave. We have used it for: weaving, embroidery, needlepoint (14 or 18 mesh canvas), kumohimo, crochet and knitting.All dye lots are limited to a maximum of 45 bobbins. Although we do not exactly repeat dye lots, we do try to recreate our fan favorites. If you are planning to need a certain number of bobbins to finish a piece, we suggest purchasing what you need up front because eventually any given color way will run out.Each Gima Silk Bobbin holds 12 yards of silk   (301 words) - [Two Wrenches for the Chloe Pocket Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/pocket-looms-accessories/products/two-wrenches-for-the-chloe-loom/index.html): Two custom-made replacement wrenches for the Chloe Pocket Loom. These wrenches can also be used on any traditional series Mirrix Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" , Two custom-made replacement wrenches for the Chloe Pocket Loom. These wrenches can also be used on any traditional series Mirrix Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs (136 words) - [Hand Crafted Wooden Tapestry Bobbin – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/weaving-accessories/products/hand-crafted-wooden-tapestry-bobbin/index.html): This hand crafted wooden tapestry bobbin is made of beech wood. It is durable with good quality and easy to use. It is six inches long with the widest diameter being 5/8"  round and the narrow end 7/16" round.  , This hand crafted wooden tapestry bobbin is made of beech wood. It is durable with good quality and easy to use. It is six inches long with the widest diameter being 5/8"  round and the narrow end 7/16" round.   (70 words) - [The Prism Tapestry Kit Second Edition – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/wool-warp/products/the-prism-tapestry-kit-second-edition/index.html): This kit was designed for the Prism Tapestry Weave-Along Second Edition. The weave-along has ended, but when you order a kit we will email you a link to the weave-along content. Click here to learn more about the weave-along.  In February we hosted our most popular weave-along ever, The Prism Tapestry Weave-Along (Weav, This kit was designed for the Prism Tapestry Weave-Along Second Edition. The weave-along has ended, but when you order a kit we will email you a link to the weave-along content. Click here to learn more about the weave-along.  In February we hosted our most popular weave-along ever, The Prism Tapestry Weave-Along (Weave-Along 32.) This small piece was comprised of gorgeous colorful yarn and silk woven on a white background. We're bringing back this weave-along for those of you who missed it (and for those who want to weave another) with the option to make the project in one of three sizes (8” x 9.25”, 4.5” x 6” or 2.5" x 3") and with either a black or white wool and silk background.   This kit can either make one large (8” x 9.25”) tapestry, two small (4.5” x 6”) tapestries or three tiny tapestries (2.5" x 3".) You will have plenty of materials to spare.  Kit includes: One 210 yard tube white or black array wool Seventeen bobbins of 12 yards colored array wool Six bobbins of colored silk Two 50 yard bobbins of black or white silk Two 100 yard bobbins of seine twine:  One bamboo needle One stainless steel needle Downloadable instructions, sent at the time of shipment. What else you need to begin: -A Mirrix Loom: For 3 tiny tapestries: A Saffron Pocket Loom, A Chloe Pocket Loom, 8”, 12”, 12" Tall, 16”For 2 small tapestries: A Saffron Pocket Loom, A Chloe Pocket Loom, 8”, 12”, 12" Tall, 16”, 16" Tall, 22"For 1 large tapestry: A 12”, 12" Tall, 16”, 16" Tall, 22”, 28”, 32”, 38”.  -Heddles can be purchased separately if you plan to use the shedding device on a loom that has one (optional for this project). We will be demonstrating weaving on a loom without the shedding device on it.  (346 words) - [Replacement Warping Bar. – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/replacement-parts/products/replacement-warping-bar/index.html): Replacement warping bar. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sh, Replacement warping bar. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (235 words) - [Individual Bobbins of Hand-Painted Silk: Color Two – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/hand-painted-yarn/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-silk-color-two/index.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place. This silk yarn is made of 3 plies of 35 Mulberry silk filaments (20-22 denier each) for a total of 105 silk filaments. Each bobbin holds 12 yards of silk. It is reeled silk which means the filaments are single strands that come out of the silk cocoon and then are plied. This produces the highest quality silk. It boasts lots of natural shine, smoothness, evenness and strength and does not pill at all. This silk is perfect for not only tapestry or weft-faced weaving but also needlepoint, cross stitch and embroidery. A single strand exactly covers an 18 count needlepoint canvas. Whether you are looking for an exciting pop of color or plan to use this silk exclusively, it will not disappoint. The great news is it is also colorfast as long as you do not leave it in direct sunlight for long periods of time. Whip out your loom, needlepoint canvas or a piece of cloth and start feeling the colors!12-yard bobbin   (298 words) - [Gima Silk Tape Individual Hand-Painted Bobbins: Color Ten – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/gima-silk-tape/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-gima-silk-tape-color-ten.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place.This rare and gorgeous Gima silk tape (also known as Straw Silk) is composed of seven strands of mulberry silk combined to create a flat ribbon-like structure. We imported this silk from a factory in Japan that produces it. Gima means “like linen,” called so because this striking yarn has the crisp feel of linen. As you use it, it softens up slightly but always retains a nice body. It takes dye beautifully and is an absolute pleasure with which to weave. We have used it for: weaving, embroidery, needlepoint (14 or 18 mesh canvas), kumohimo, crochet and knitting.All dye lots are limited to a maximum of 45 bobbins. Although we do not exactly repeat dye lots, we do try to recreate our fan favorites. If you are planning to need a certain number of bobbins to finish a piece, we suggest purchasing what you need up front because eventually any given color way will run out.Each Gima Silk Bobbin holds 12 yards of silk   (301 words) - [Gima Silk Tape Individual Hand-Painted Bobbins: Color Three – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/gima-silk-tape/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-gima-silk-tape-color-three.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place.This rare and gorgeous Gima silk tape (also known as Straw Silk) is composed of seven strands of mulberry silk combined to create a flat ribbon-like structure. We imported this silk from a factory in Japan that produces it. Gima means “like linen,” called so because this striking yarn has the crisp feel of linen. As you use it, it softens up slightly but always retains a nice body. It takes dye beautifully and is an absolute pleasure with which to weave. We have used it for: weaving, embroidery, needlepoint (14 or 18 mesh canvas), kumohimo, crochet and knitting.All dye lots are limited to a maximum of 45 bobbins. Although we do not exactly repeat dye lots, we do try to recreate our fan favorites. If you are planning to need a certain number of bobbins to finish a piece, we suggest purchasing what you need up front because eventually any given color way will run out.Each Gima Silk Bobbin holds 12 yards of silk   (301 words) - [The Faro Collections – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/wool-warp/products/faro-collections/index.html): Faro is a beautiful 6/1 wool yarn produced by Glimakra of Sweden that is perfect for tapestry weaving. This yarn is fine but strong, which makes it great for combining strands together to get wonderful color blends.Because tapestry often requires a relatively small amount of many different colors, we've chosen 55 color, Faro is a beautiful 6/1 wool yarn produced by Glimakra of Sweden that is perfect for tapestry weaving. This yarn is fine but strong, which makes it great for combining strands together to get wonderful color blends.Because tapestry often requires a relatively small amount of many different colors, we've chosen 55 colors of Faro and wound smaller amounts onto bobbins that can either be purchased individually or in one of two sets.Both The Original Collection of 40 colors and The Supplementary Collection of 15 colors (new March 2025) come in 12 or 24 yard bobbins. The All Collection has the original and the supplementary colors in 12 yard bobbins all in one package.Individual bobbins sold here. 100% wool (203 words) - [Colonial Yarn Sampler Sets – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/wool-warp/products/wool-colorway-sampler-sets/index.html): These Colonial yarn sampler sets are perfect for miniature tapestries, for sampling or for combining together to make larger pieces. They come in four hand-picked colorways!  Comes with 10 8-yard bobbins of 3-Ply Persian wool yarn in one of four colorways: -Gemstone (Blues) -Rust (Yellow/Orange/Browns/Greens/Pink) -Ear, These Colonial yarn sampler sets are perfect for miniature tapestries, for sampling or for combining together to make larger pieces. They come in four hand-picked colorways!  Comes with 10 8-yard bobbins of 3-Ply Persian wool yarn in one of four colorways: -Gemstone (Blues) -Rust (Yellow/Orange/Browns/Greens/Pink) -Earth (Browns/Earth Tones) -Moss (Greens)   (99 words) - [Flex Wire Beading Needles – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/weaving-accessories/products/flex-wire-beading-needles/index.html): #10 needle in a package of 16. Useful for all you beading needs, but also can accommodate .010 SoftTouch wire. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended, #10 needle in a package of 16. Useful for all you beading needs, but also can accommodate .010 SoftTouch wire. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (141 words) - [The Complete 8" Chloe + Accessories Starter Package – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/starter-packages/products/the-complete-8-chloe-accessories-starter-package/index.html): This package is perfect for anyone looking for an 8" Chloe Loom with all the bells and whistles!, The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths ( (find the Complete 5" Chloe + Accessories Starter Package here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series looms, sold here with four pairs of sett combs at 8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI that can easily be switched out and two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.   This package also comes with The Chloe Stand, a shorter rod and a longer rod.  Included:-One top and one bottom beam, four sett combs (8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI) one threaded rod for an 8" weaving length, two wing-nuts, two double washers, one hex nut, one regular washer one cap nut, one plastic cap, written instructions, two small wrenches for tightening the loom.-The Chloe Loom Stand-A Short Rod (for a 4" weaving length) -A Long Rod (for an 11" weaving length)  Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. Note: All sett combs for the Chloe Loom have changed slightly. They are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change. Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (482 words) - [Replacement Spring Bar – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/replacement-parts/products/replacement-spring-bar/index.html): Replacement spring bar PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have shar, Replacement spring bar PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (211 words) - [The Chloe Loom Stand – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/the-chloe-loom-stand/index.html): The Chloe Loom Stand is a removable stand for the Mirrix Chloe Pocket Loom. It props the loom up at angle on any flat surface., The Chloe Loom Stand is a removable stand for the Chloe Pocket Loom. It props the loom up at angle and comes with two rubber feet for the bottom of the loom. For the 5" and 8" looms, the stand comes with one leg, for the 10" loom, the stand comes with two legs. What comes with the stand: The 5" and 8" Chloe Loom Stand:-2 hex nuts-2 washers-Stand leg -2 rubber bumpers The 10" Chloe Loom Stand:-4 hex nuts-4 washers-2 stand legs-2 rubber bumpers The Saffron Pocket Loom Package (Note: Loom is now discontinued) -2 hex nuts-2 washers-Stand leg -2 rubber bumpers-Sandpaper Please select which loom you are purchasing the stand for. To move the stand from loom to loom, you must purchase additional bumpers (these adhere to the loom and cannot be moved from loom to loom) and take apart the loom to remove the hardware each time you switch the loom the stand is on.  Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (420 words) - [2023/2024 Affinity Bracelet Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/kits/products/2023-2024-affinity-bracelet-kit/index.html): Affinity Bracelets were born out of the desire for an easy, yet versatile, bracelet. The concept came from friendship bracelets we wore as kids: fun, easy and the perfect gift. The Affinity Bracelet is the grown-up version and it can be as simple or as complex as you, the designer, desire. This is our brand new 2023/20, Affinity Bracelets were born out of the desire for an easy, yet versatile, bracelet. The concept came from friendship bracelets we wore as kids: fun, easy and the perfect gift. The Affinity Bracelet is the grown-up version and it can be as simple or as complex as you, the designer, desire. This is our brand new 2023/2024  Affinity Bracelet Kit! Downloadable instructions will be sent at time of shipment. Let your imagination run wild! (Contents of kit are slightly different than examples used in the instructions. You are free to use the materials however you want to design unique bracelets!)  Note that you can make these bracelets on the Chloe Loom by following the Saffron Loom instructions, but you can also make one on both with an extended rod.  This kit includes:-8 12-yard bobbins of hand-painted silk -1 25-yard bobbin of gold thread-10 grams of triangle beads-15 clay beads-6 mother of pearl buttons-3 charms (randomly selected)-1 2-hole pewter button-1-back loop pewter button-8 small o-rings-1 gram of 2mm 24K gold Crystals-1 bobbin of Toho G beading thread-10 grams of 11/0 seed beads-10 grams of 8/0 seed beads-5 grams of 4 mm fire-polished crystals What do I need with this kit? -We recommend an 8" Lani Loom, 12" Little Guy Loom, 16" Big Sister Loom or a Saffron Pocket Loom or Chloe Pocket Loom with a long pocket loom rod. These bracelets can also be made on a Saffron Pocket Loom or Chloe Pocket Loom WITHOUT the long pocket loom rod but the fringe needs to be added on separately in this case (as explained in the instructional .PDF.)  -If you are using a loom with a shedding device, you will need heddles (these can be purchased or made.) -A tapestry needle-A beading needleLevel: Beginner and up Makes at least two bracelets, depending on how you use the materials.  PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (443 words) - [Tulip Beading Needles – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/weaving-accessories/products/tulip-bead-weaving-needles/index.html): These specially designed needles for beadwork are flexible and springy, the eye is easy to thread and the tip is rounded slightly., Tulip is known for their fine quality quilt needles. Their specially designed needles for beadwork are flexible and springy, the eye is easy to thread and the tip is rounded slightly to slide easily into beads while preventing splitting the thread. You will love them for loom work both with and without the shedding device. Don't lose your needles because they are intended to last a long time. 3.5" lon PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (190 words) - [5" Tapestry Needle – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/weaving-accessories/products/5-inch-tapestry-needle/index.html): Susan Bates 5" steel tapestry needle   PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully a, Susan Bates 5" steel tapestry needle   PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (126 words) - [30 grams of 4mm Stone Beads – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads/products/30-grams-of-4mm-stone-beads/index.html): 30 grams of 4mm Stone Beads in a variety of colors PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed, 30 grams of 4mm Stone Beads in a variety of colors PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (133 words) - [Natasha Khiev x Mirrix Looms Chloe Loom Starter Packages](/content/collections/starter-packages/products/natasha-khiev-x-mirrix-looms-chloe-loom-starter-packages.html): Natasha Khiev is a weaver and teacher known for exploring texture, form and shape in bold and creative ways with her small tapestries. We are thrilled to have designed this curated loom starter package in collaboration with Natasha.  Choose from one of three Chloe Pocket Looms and (optionally) add one or more of three , Natasha Khiev is a weaver and teacher known for exploring texture, form and shape in bold and creative ways with her small tapestries. We are thrilled to have designed this curated loom starter package in collaboration with Natasha.  Choose from one of three Chloe Pocket Looms and (optionally) add one or more of three live online classes taught by Natasha! Package Includes: -A 5", 8" or 10" Chloe Pocket Loom with an 8 dent comb and two wrenches -Two 100-yard bobbins of 12/6 seine twine warp  Live Online Classes (You can also choose to purchase this package without a class)-Supplemental Warp (veils) and Weft (ohrms)-Double Weaving-Warp Manipulation Techniques You can learn more about the three classes here. You can find the class schedules here.  If you purchase all three classes, you will get a 15% discount on them!  What else you need to begin:For each class: Supplemental Warp/Weft:Warp weights (optional)Table clamp (optional)Painter's tapeTapestry needle Warp Manipulation:Painter's tape 3 small binder clips or Clover Wonder ClipsTapestry needle (optional)Double Weaving:Painter's tape Tapestry needlePiece of cardboard (optional) (635 words) - [Natural Elements Hemp Warp – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/warp/products/natural-elements-hemp-warp/index.html): Hemp is an amazing fiber! Bugs and critters don’t like it, it's very strong and it withstands the test of time. In fact, some of the oldest fabric fragments are made of hemp!  10lb, 394 feet(120 meters), Hemp is an amazing fiber! Bugs and critters don’t like it, it's very strong and it withstands the test of time. In fact, some of the oldest fabric fragments are made of hemp!  10lb, 394 feet(120 meters) (67 words) - [Swing-Out Loom Treasure Tray – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads/products/loom-side-tray/index.html): One of the joys of a Mirrix Loom is its portability. Even our largest looms are small enough to be moved from room to room and our smaller looms are perfect for on-the-go weaving. Now, you can make your weaving setup even more portable with our Swing-Out Loom Treasure Trays. These trays attach to the threaded rod on ei, One of the joys of a Mirrix Loom is its portability. Even our largest looms are small enough to be moved from room to room and our smaller looms are perfect for on-the-go weaving. Now, you can make your weaving setup even more portable with our Swing-Out Loom Treasure Trays. These trays attach to the threaded rod on either side of a Classic Series Mirrix Loom and are perfect for holding bobbins, yarn, beads, scissors, needles or anything else you want to keep close by.  Select which side you want to your tray for (left or right) or save $2 by purchasing both sides.Included:-Plastic Tray-2 plastic washers-2 hex nuts Size:  6" x  4" x 1" (162 words) - [Mirrix Blend Bead Soup (30 grams) – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads/products/mirrix-blend-bead-soup/index.html): A rich combination of Toho and Miyuki seed beads primarily permanent galvanized finished., A rich combination of Toho and Miyuki seed beads primarily permanent galvanized finished (ie., the rich colors will not rub off or fade). Although the colors in the mix change over time, there will always be a broad mix of many different colors of beads representing a diverse range of color. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (204 words) - [The Taos Wools x Mirrix Looms Loom Starter Package](/content/collections/starter-packages/products/the-taos-woll-x-mirrix-looms-loom-starter-package/index.html): The collaboration you've been waiting for is here!  Taos Wools (originally Weaving Southwest) is a textile gallery, weaving classroom and yarn store in Arroyo Seco, New Mexico. It owes its existence to the Rachel Brown, the amazing fiber artist (tapestry weaver, dyer, spinner) and author of “The Spinning, Dyeing and We, The collaboration you've been waiting for is here!  Taos Wools (originally Weaving Southwest) is a textile gallery, weaving classroom and yarn store in Arroyo Seco, New Mexico. It owes its existence to the Rachel Brown, the amazing fiber artist (tapestry weaver, dyer, spinner) and author of “The Spinning, Dyeing and Weaving Book”. Recently we contacted Joe, who owns Taos Wools, to ask if there was a way we could work together. He sent us samples of their wool and we fell in love with it. We asked Joe if he could dye some colors just for us so we could package them in sets in smaller quantities so Mirrix customers could experience a range of their colors and the absolute loveliness of their yarn. He said yes and was just as excited as we were. The dyed colors are variegated, giving your tapestry more complexity. The natural grays are stunning. In addition to the lovely weft yarn, Taos offers warp to die for. We chose the two-ply wool warp because it is so strong and well twisted. We had been searching for the perfect wool warp for a very long time. We hope you enjoy these wools as much as we do. (You can buy full skeins of Taos Wool Chica directly at taoswools.com!) For this loom package, choose between an 10" Chloe Loom or a 16" Big Sister Loom and among three yarn kits; colors, neutrals or the complete set. Taos Wools Chica is a single-ply, fine tapestry weight heritage wool blend that is grown, spun and hand-dyed in the USA.  This yarn weaves up well at 10-12 EPI for a weft-faced weaving. Multiple strands can be "bundled" and woven at a time (in the same shot) for color gradation or if you prefer weaving a sett closer to 8 epi. Loom Options: A 10" Chloe Loom:-One top and one bottom beam with two metal combs at 10 EPI, two threaded rods for an 11" weaving length  (14" threaded rods), four wing-nuts, six washers, two hex nuts, two cap nuts, two black caps and written instructions.  Loom Specs: (Pocket Loom)Weaving Width: 10"Weaving Length: 10.5"Loom Width: 10.5"Weight: 2 lbs A 16" Big Sister Loom with a Shedding Device-Four warp coils: 8, 10, 12, 14 dents, a shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions Loom Specs (Classic Series)Weaving Width: 13"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 16Weight: 5.4 lbs with the shedding device, 4.6 lbs without the shedding device Yarn Kit Options: The Colors Kit-One 100-yard bobbin of wool warp-10 one-ounce (approximately 100-yard) bobbins  The Neutrals Kit-One 100-yard bobbin of wool warp-Six one-ounce (approximately 100-yard) bobbins The Complete Kit-One 100-yard bobbin of wool warp-Sixteen one-ounce (approximately 100-yard) bobbins What else you need to get started:-Heddles. These can be purchased here or you can make them yourself. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (749 words) - [The Lily Doll Bear Instructional .PDF – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/books-media/products/the-lily-doll-bear-instructional-pdf/index.html):   From the brilliant mind of Noreen Crone-Findlay, we are thrilled to bring you the Lily Doll Project. This adorable doll can be woven on a Mirrix Chloe Pocket Loom with our kit and detailed instructions. But that’s not all. Throughout the year, we’ll continue to launch kits and instructions for you to make beautiful w,   From the brilliant mind of Noreen Crone-Findlay, we are thrilled to bring you the Lily Doll Project. This adorable doll can be woven on a Mirrix Chloe Pocket Loom with our kit and detailed instructions. But that’s not all. Throughout the year, we’ll continue to launch kits and instructions for you to make beautiful woven clothing and accessories for your doll. From party dresses to tiny teddy bears, your woven miniature collection will continue to grow, all with support from the fabulous designer, Noreen, and all of us at Mirrix Looms. Whether you’re a seasoned weaver or have never picked up a loom, The Lily Doll Projects are perfect for anyone looking to make something fun and whimsical on a small loom.Learn more about the Lily Doll Projects here.  --------------- This product is a digital .PDF with instructions on how to make a Lily Doll Bear. This .PDF cannot be sold in the EU or UK. Please contact us for other options.  This product includes:-An 8-page full-color digital .PDF detailing how to make the Lily Doll Bear What do I need with this kit? -A Lily Doll Bear Kit or equivalent supplies -A 5” or 8” Chloe Loom with a 12 dent comb -A short pocket loom rod (optional, but recommended) -Ruler or tape measure-Safety pin-Pencil -Scissors Level: Beginner and up Additional Lily Doll Kits and Packages: -The Complete Lily Doll Loom and Kit Starter Package-The Lily Doll Kit-The Lily Doll Bear Kit-The Lily Doll Bear Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Party and Pocket Pinafore Dress Kit-The Lily Doll Party Dress .PDF-The Lily Doll Pocket Pinafore Dress .PDF-The Lily Doll Tutu and Shrug Kit-The Lily Doll Tutu and Shrug Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Pixel People Kit-The Lily Doll Pixel People Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Pixel Pets Kit-The Lily Doll Pixel Pets Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Hooded Cape Kit-The Lily Doll Hooded Cape Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Comfort Bears Kit-The Lily Doll Comfort Bears Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Sweater and Skirt Kit-The Lily Doll Sweater and Skirt Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Jeans Kit-The Lily Doll Jeans Instructional .PDF-The Lily Baby Doll Kit-The Lily Baby Doll Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Mermaid Tail Kit-The Lily Doll Mermaid Tail Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Shirt & Shorts Kit-The Lily Doll Shirt & Shorts Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Overalls Kit-The Lily Doll Overalls Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Shoulder Bag Kit-The Lily Doll Shoulder Bag Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Book Kit-The Lily Doll Book Instructional .PDF-The Lily Doll Celebration Dress Kit-The Lily Doll Celebration Dress Instructional .PDF   (489 words) - [The Marella Bracelet Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/kits/products/the-marella-bracelet-kit/index.html): The Marella Bracelet is a great project for those who have never woven beads before. It's a simple pattern to follow, but the embroidery done on the bracelet after it's removed from the loom makes it a show-stopper.  This project is part of our Flying Start Tutorial Series.  Downloadable instructions will be sent at ti, The Marella Bracelet is a great project for those who have never woven beads before. It's a simple pattern to follow, but the embroidery done on the bracelet after it's removed from the loom makes it a show-stopper.  This project is part of our Flying Start Tutorial Series.  Downloadable instructions will be sent at time of shipment. The kit includes: -6 grams Matte Patina Iris 11/0 Beads-5 grams Turquoise  11/0 Beads-2 grams Shiny Green 11/0  Beads -1 gram Metallic Dark Green Iris Cut 15/0 Beads-24 2-hole Diamond shaped beads-6 4mm Czech Fire Polished Brown Crystals-C-lon thread-1” bead slide-A 14-page digital .PDF-A bead pattern for this project -The email address of the tutorial creator so you can ask questions whenever you need.This kit makes:One bracelet What else you need to begin:-A Chloe Pocket Loom with 16 dent comb and long (14 ½”) or extra long (20”) threaded rod or Mirrix Classic Series Looms; 8”, 12” or 16” with a 16 dent warp coil.-A good pair of scissors-A measuring tape-A beading needle. We like this Tulip Beading Needle -A bead mat or piece of cloth to hold your beads-A pair of needle nose pliers of similar too PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (340 words) - [The Santolla Purse Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/kits/products/weave-along-41-the-santolla-purse/index.html): Named after customer extraordinaire Deb Santolla Learn to weave tapestry with the Santolla Purse Kit. The full 57-page tutorial will be available for download after purchase.  In my first decade of weaving tapestry I got hooked on making tapestry purses. I made a whole lot of them and sold them in galleries. They were , Named after customer extraordinaire Deb Santolla Learn to weave tapestry with the Santolla Purse Kit. The full 57-page tutorial will be available for download after purchase.  In my first decade of weaving tapestry I got hooked on making tapestry purses. I made a whole lot of them and sold them in galleries. They were very unthreatening to make and they comprised small bits of weaving I could easily wrap my head around. I was able to experiment endlessly. Eventually I gave up this practice in order to move into large wall hangings. I got a hankering to make a purse again (inspired by GIST’s new Dwella Rug Wool), and after a few trial and errors, I came up with this sweet little design. I wanted to create a pattern that would repeat itself, but in surprising ways. On my third try I came up with the final design: rows that include five small rectangles and one rectangle fifty percent larger. The large rectangle would move from left to right for each section and then be covered by a few rows of the yarn matching the larger square.  The final piece is folded such that the warps are horizontal, not vertical. This gives the purse a very different look from what one observes when weaving.  The kit includes:-6 42-yard  bobbins of Gist Dwella Rug Yarn-11 grams of 11/0 Myuki Delica Beads for finishing-2 silver-plated D-Rings (note: these are different from the photo) -Cotton material for lining-A bobbin of C-Lon thread-1 two-inch tapestry needle-1 beading needle-1 100 yard bobbin of 12/9 Seine Twine (If using a loom 28" or larger, you will need to purchase an additional 100 yard bobbin.) (Please contact us if you plan to weave this on the 48" Lily Loom.)-An adjustable leather purse strap This kit makes: An 8" x 16" tapestry for a final purse size of 8 x 8 What else you need to begin: -A 12" or larger Classic Series Mirrix Loom with a 8 dent warp coil and a shedding device. For looms 28" and larger, you will need an extra 100-yard bobbin of seine twine. (Please contact us if you plan to weave this on the 48" Lily Loom.) (Note: You can also weave this without a shedding device.) -64 heddles (one roll or you can make your own) -A good pair of scissors-A measuring tape -A bead mat or piece of cloth to hold your beads for finishing -A beater (or fork) (449 words) - [Six Pack of Bockens Seine Twine Bobbins – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads-fiber/products/six-pack-of-bockens-seine-twine-bobbins/index.html): Six 100-yard bobbin of 12/6 or 12/9 Bockens Seine Twine. These bobbins are the perfect size to easily warp without having to wind off from a larger cone. On a Mirrix Loom, you don't need one long piece of warp to warp your loom, as you can tie on and off onto the warping bar at any time, so bobbins are super convenient, Six 100-yard bobbin of 12/6 or 12/9 Bockens Seine Twine. These bobbins are the perfect size to easily warp without having to wind off from a larger cone. On a Mirrix Loom, you don't need one long piece of warp to warp your loom, as you can tie on and off onto the warping bar at any time, so bobbins are super convenient. Check out this video to learn more.  Seine Twine is made from long-staple, very high quality cotton (it was originally used to make nets so it had to be strong) and is basically unbreakable.  12/6 Bockens Seine Twine will accommodate 5 to 16 ends per inch.  12/9 Bockens Seine Twine will accommodate 6 to 12 ends per inch. Color: Unbleached or BlackAmount: 600 yards total  (184 words) - [Bead & Crystal Soup Mixes – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads-fiber/products/bead-crystal-mix/index.html): Fun bead mixes for any project! 30 grams of 11/0 Mirrix Blend Bead Soup, 30 grams of 8/0 Mirrix Blend Bead Soup and 10 grams of Fire Polished Crystal Soup. Colors vary PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may ha, Fun bead mixes for any project! 30 grams of 11/0 Mirrix Blend Bead Soup, 30 grams of 8/0 Mirrix Blend Bead Soup and 10 grams of Fire Polished Crystal Soup. Colors vary PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (154 words) - [Colonial Yarn Sampler Sets – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads-fiber/products/wool-colorway-sampler-sets/index.html): These Colonial yarn sampler sets are perfect for miniature tapestries, for sampling or for combining together to make larger pieces. They come in four hand-picked colorways!  Comes with 10 8-yard bobbins of 3-Ply Persian wool yarn in one of four colorways: -Gemstone (Blues) -Rust (Yellow/Orange/Browns/Greens/Pink) -Ear, These Colonial yarn sampler sets are perfect for miniature tapestries, for sampling or for combining together to make larger pieces. They come in four hand-picked colorways!  Comes with 10 8-yard bobbins of 3-Ply Persian wool yarn in one of four colorways: -Gemstone (Blues) -Rust (Yellow/Orange/Browns/Greens/Pink) -Earth (Browns/Earth Tones) -Moss (Greens)   (99 words) - [12" Little Guy Tapestry & Bead Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/all/products/12-little-guy-loom/index.html): The 12" Little Guy Loom is everything you might want in a lap loom for tapestry or bead weaving., The 12" Little Guy Loom is everything you might want in a lap loom. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 9"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 26" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 22" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 12Weight: 4.2 lbs with the shedding device, 3.6 lbs without the shedding device *Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The 12” Little Guy Loom is the perfect loom for anyone looking to make small fiber or bead tapestries or jewelry on a loom that travels well, stores easily and can be used on your lap or can stand upright on a table with its two fold-out legs.  Who Should Buy This Loom? The 12" Little Guy Loom is a favorite among weavers who want a loom small enough to fit in their lap, but with all the bells and whistles available. It's made for both tapestry and bead weaving, is available with and without a shedding device, and has two fold-out legs for those times when you want to weave with your loom on a table.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple Included:With the Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions Without the Shedding Device Package:One 14 dent warp coil (Note: this coil is perfect for weaving with 11/0 seed beads. For 11/0 Delica beads, you will want the 18 dent coil. This, and other warp coils, can be purchased separately), two wooden clips for warping, warping bar, coil bar and written instructions. With the Shedding Device + One Roll of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, one roll of 100 Texsolv heddles. You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need Additional Information:What can you weave on this loom? Beads, Fiber, Beads and Fiber  Positioning: Upright with two fold-out legs on a table or on The Mirrix Harvey Stand. Shedding Device: Optional. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device to determine if a loom with one would be a good fit for your weaving needs. Note: If you purchase this loom with a shedding device that doesn’t mean the shedding device has to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to.  Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles. There is also an option to purchase this loom with one roll of 100 Texsolv heddles. Heddles can be reused.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, The Extra Warping Bar Kit, Loom Extenders, The Mirrix Harvey Stand, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device (with loom extenders) Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving. If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation.  PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (815 words) - [Loom Package for Ukraine – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/sale/products/loom-package-for-ukraine/index.html): The war in Ukraine has left us feeling helpless. Until recently someone close to our hearts was trapped in the war zone and we held our breath for weeks until we knew she was safe. Now, it’s time for action. For each of these loom packages sold, $50 will be donated to Razom for Ukraine, an amazing volunteer organizatio, The war in Ukraine has left us feeling helpless. Until recently someone close to our hearts was trapped in the war zone and we held our breath for weeks until we knew she was safe. Now, it’s time for action. For each of these loom packages sold, $50 will be donated to Razom for Ukraine, an amazing volunteer organization providing aid to Ukraine.Package Includes:-Two bobbins of 12-yards each of hand-painted silk in blue and yellow. -A roll of 100 heddles -A 16" Big Sister Loom with a shedding device  Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 13"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 16Weight: 5.4 lbs with the shedding device, 4.6 lbs without the shedding device Included with the loom:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (284 words) - [Color eyes Beading Needles – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/weaving-accessories/products/beading-colored-eyed-needle-set/index.html): Pack contains 6 color-coded needles, two of each size: 10, 11, 12. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be sec, Pack contains 6 color-coded needles, two of each size: 10, 11, 12. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (133 words) - [Tall Edition 12” Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/looms/products/tall-edition-12-loom/index.html): The Tall Edition 12" Loom is perfect for anyone who wants to weave a long piece on a small loom.  Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 9"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 12Weight: 4.6 lbs *Notes: The weaving lengths list, The Tall Edition 12" Loom is perfect for anyone who wants to weave a long piece on a small loom.  Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 9"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 12Weight: 4.6 lbs *Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:We mentioned to one of our favorite tapestry teachers that we were thinking of making a taller version of the 12" Little Guy Loom. Her reaction was: Yes! So we are. Even with the extra height, the taller 12" Loom is still very portable. This loom is only available with the shedding device.  Who Should Buy This Loom? Mirrix's Tall Edition Looms are perfect for anyone looking to make long tapestries or bead weavings.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple Included:With the Shedding Device Package: Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions With the Shedding Device + One Roll of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, one roll of 100 Texsolv heddles. You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need Additional Information:Positioning: Upright with two fold-out legs on a table or on The Mirrix Harvey Stand. Shedding Device: Yes. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device. Note: The shedding device doesn’t have to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to. Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles. There is also an option to purchase this loom with one roll of 100 Texsolv heddles. Heddles can be reused.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, the Extra Warping Bar Kit, The Mirrix Harvey Stand, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation.  Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (653 words) - [Two Wrenches for the Chloe Pocket Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/two-wrenches-for-the-chloe-loom/index.html): Two custom-made replacement wrenches for the Chloe Pocket Loom. These wrenches can also be used on any traditional series Mirrix Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" , Two custom-made replacement wrenches for the Chloe Pocket Loom. These wrenches can also be used on any traditional series Mirrix Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs (136 words) - [Out-Of-Box 28" Loom Shedding Device – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/sale/products/out-of-box-28-loom-shedding-device/index.html): An extra shedding device for your Mirrix Loom for those of you who didn't buy one originally or for those who want a second shedding device., This is an out-of-box extra shedding device for a 28" McKinley Mirrix Loom. This shedding device has a small dent in the copper (see photo) that should not affect its functionality.  Adding a second shedding device to your Mirrix will allow you to use techniques in your tapestry weaving such as twill weave, basket weave and tabby weave. These fancy and fun techniques will take your tapestry weaving to the next level. You will receive the shedding device, a set of clips, a handle, and an Allen wrench. This product does not come with heddles.  *This product is final sale. No returns. No other discounts can be applied. This is how to put wooden clips on your loom: Separate the top and the bottom halves of the loom (simply slide the top part off of the bottom part). Use a pair of needle-nosed pliers to pull the metal sleeves out of the loom's copper sidebars. Remove the old clips (if there were already wooden clips on the loom). Slide the new wooden clips onto the copper sidebars. Replace the metal sleeves into the copper sidebars. Put the two halves of the loom back together. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (319 words) - [Out-of-Box Old-Style Chloe Loom Sett Combs – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/sale/products/out-of-box-old-style-chloe-loom-sett-combs/index.html): Various out-of-box pairs of old-style sett combs for The 5" and 8" Chloe Pocket Looms. These are older style combs that are NOT powder-coated and do not have angled tines. These combs function perfectly, but are discolored.  *This product is final sale. No returns. No other discounts can be applied.*Note: These combs a, Various out-of-box pairs of old-style sett combs for The 5" and 8" Chloe Pocket Looms. These are older style combs that are NOT powder-coated and do not have angled tines. These combs function perfectly, but are discolored.  *This product is final sale. No returns. No other discounts can be applied.*Note: These combs are not meant to be used on the Saffron Pocket Loom. The wood beams on that loom cannot withstand screwing and unscrewing new combs. *Each item comes with two combs, one for the top and one for the bottom of the loom Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (280 words) - [28″ McKinley Tapestry & Bead Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/looms/products/28-mckinley-loom/index.html): The 28" McKinley Loom is great for weaving beads or fiber and has double beams on the top and bottom for extra strength., The 28"  McKinley Loom is the smallest of the double-beamed larger looms, perfect for large tapestries, rugs or even bead weavings. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 25 Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 59" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 55" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 28"Weight: 11.2 lbsRegular Shed Size: 3/4" Extended Shed Size: 1.5" (for extended shed loom option) *Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The 28” McKinley Loom has unique proportions, perfect for weaving large pieces that are relatively long. This loom has double beams on the top and bottom for extra strength.  Who Should Buy This Loom? The smallest of the largest and double-beamed Mirrix Looms, the 28" McKinley was designed for weaving long pieces such as rugs.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple Included:With the Regular Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, a regular shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions With the Regular Shedding Device + Three Rolls of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, a regular shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (for a total of 300 heddles). You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need With the Extended Shed Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, an extended shedding device and handle, two extended wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions With the Extended Shed Shedding Device + Three Rolls of 100 Extended Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, an extended shedding device and handle, two extended wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (for a total of 300 heddles). You may need more heddles depending on the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need Regular or Extended Shed:This loom's shedding device is available with a regular shed size (3/4") or an extended shed (1.5") size. The extended shed option is perfect for rug weaving or for anyone looking for a portable tapestry loom with a large shed for bobbins, shuttles or fingers! Choose "Extended" from the drop-down to select the extended shed option. Please note that you will need to buy or make extended heddles if you choose a loom with an extended shedding device.  Additional Information:What can you weave on this loom? Beads, Fiber, Beads and Fiber Positioning: Upright with two fold-out legs on a table or on The Mirrix Harvey Stand. Shedding Device: Yes. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device. You can purchase this loom with a shedding device for a regular (3/4") or extended (1.5") shed -See above. Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles or pre-made extended heddles. There are also options to purchase this loom with three rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (300 total heddles) with the regular or extended shed. Heddles can be reused.  Note: The shedding device doesn’t have to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, the Extra Warping Bar Kit, Loom Extenders, The Mirrix Harvey Stand, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device  Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation. Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (945 words) - ["Tapestry with Pulled Warp" by Susan Iverson – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/books-media/products/tapestry-with-pulled-warp-by-susan-iverson-1/index.html): A respected fiber artist teaches a technique that allows weavers to create shaped and three-dimensional tapestries, on any kind of loom.Designed for adventurous weavers of all skill levels who love a new challenge, this is the first book on the intriguing pulled warp technique.Used through the decades by a handful of w, A respected fiber artist teaches a technique that allows weavers to create shaped and three-dimensional tapestries, on any kind of loom.Designed for adventurous weavers of all skill levels who love a new challenge, this is the first book on the intriguing pulled warp technique.Used through the decades by a handful of weavers to create 3-D tapestries, and also to make flat tapestries that bend and curve, pulled warp helps weavers achieve exciting results. Susan Iverson, a professional weaver who has spent years researching and using this technique, is known for her skillful teaching style.  Clear, easy-to-follow instructions enable weavers to use pulled warp innovations in their own work. Includes the technical and designing details that creative weavers want Beautiful examples woven by Susan Iverson demonstrate what pulled warp has to offer. Can be used in several ways: as an intensive workshop-like experience, an inspiration for weavers at any level, and a source of technical ideas to try Directly relevant to weavers at any stage, since Iverson shares how the technique has had an impact on different phases of her weaving career. Designed for adventurous weavers of all skill levels who love a new challenge, this is the first book on the intriguing pulled-warp technique Pages: 176  |  241 color images  Binding: Hardback   (245 words) - [Square Beam End Cap – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/replacement-parts/products/beam-end-cap/index.html):  Replacement end cap for Mirrix Loom top and bottom beams.,  Replacement end cap for Mirrix Loom top and bottom beams. (40 words) - [Replacement Brass Disk for Wooden Clips (set of two) – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/replacement-parts/products/replacement-brass-disk-for-wooden-clips-set-of-two/index.html): Replacement Brass Disk for Wooden Clips (set of two)., Replacement Brass Disk for Wooden Clips (set of two). (44 words) - [Texsolv Heddles for Mirrix Extended Shed – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/all/products/texsolv-heddles-for-mirrix-extended-shed/index.html): 100 Texsolv heddles for a Mirrix loom with an extended shed (NOT a regular Mirrix Loom with a regular shedding device.)  *If you have a Mirrix Loom without an extended shedding device (learn more about  shed extenders here) you will want to purchase regular Mirrix heddles NOT these.* Although these heddles connect to t, 100 Texsolv heddles for a Mirrix loom with an extended shed (NOT a regular Mirrix Loom with a regular shedding device.)  *If you have a Mirrix Loom without an extended shedding device (learn more about  shed extenders here) you will want to purchase regular Mirrix heddles NOT these.* Although these heddles connect to the shedding device exactly the same way the original Mirrix heddles are, they look slightly different. The original Mirrix heddles are basically one big loop. The extended heddles have three holes because they were originally designed to work on floor looms. Just like with the original Mirrix heddles, first cut the small loops on either side of the heddle (so they look like the picture on this page, see images below.) To put them on, hook one end of the heddle to the shed bar on the shedding device, loop the entire heddle around the warp thread and then hook the other end of the heddle to the same bar.  How to figure out how many heddles you need Left, regular heddle. Right, extended shed heddle. Both are put on the loom in the same way.  This image shows where to cut the extended heddles   (233 words) - [The Diamond Tapestry Loom Starter Package – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/the-diamond-tapestry-loom-starter-package/index.html): The Diamond Tapestry Kit was part of Mirrix's 36th Weave-Along. You will receive the weave-along instructions in .PDF form after purchasing this loom starter package. This Diamond tapestry pattern has appeared in about ten of Mirrix President Claudia Chase’s tapestry weavings over the years. The concept is simple: you , The Diamond Tapestry Kit was part of Mirrix's 36th Weave-Along. You will receive the weave-along instructions in .PDF form after purchasing this loom starter package. This Diamond tapestry pattern has appeared in about ten of Mirrix President Claudia Chase’s tapestry weavings over the years. The concept is simple: you can build diamond and triangle shapes independently of one another without having to worry about what direction the individual wefts are going in. The concept is elegant and simple and easy to apply. We have provided a lovely assortment of Swedish Mattgarn, a worsted weight wool yarn that is full of body and rich colors. Since you can make at least two tapestries with the yarn included in this kit, you can play with the colors, using all or some for each piece. Enjoy the colors and the shapes as you explore the wonderful world of diamonds and triangles. This package includes:-A Diamond Tapestry Kit (Some colors in the kit may vary slightly due to availability.) -A 5" Chloe Loom with 8 dent combs and two wrenches -An extended rod for the Chloe Pocket Loom This kit makes:This kit will make at least two 5" x 11" tapestries  What else you need to begin:  -A good pair of scissors and a measuring tape -A beater (or fork) The Diamond Tapestry Kit can be purchased here. The Diamond Tapestry Kit Loom Starter Package can be purchased here.  PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (362 words) - [Heddles – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/accessories/products/texsolv-heddles/index.html): Specially made for us in Sweden from Texsolv, these one-eye Mirrix heddles come in a roll of 100., Specially made for us in Sweden from the same Texsolv used to make all non-metal heddles for floor looms, these one-eye Mirrix heddles come in a roll of 100. They are strong, reusable, easy to use and are good at almost any sett on the loom because they are thin. For weaving past 18 dents per inch we recommend making your own thinner heddles. These are the only pre-made heddles you can buy that work on the Mirrix Loom if you choose not to make your own. Heddles may be shipped on or off the roll.  To separate heddles from the strand, cut in the center of the small hole between each heddle.  How to figure out how many heddles you need Note: If you are looking for heddles for a Mirrix loom with an extended shed, you can find those here. (169 words) - [Colonial Craft Needle Assortment – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/weaving-accessories/products/colonial-craft-needle-assortment/index.html): Colonial Craft Needles. Set of 33 needles includes: Tapestry -sizes 18, 20, 22, and 24Embroidery -sizes 3 and 7Darners -size 18Betweens -size 7Chenille -sizes 20 and 22Long Darners -size 9, Colonial Craft Needles. Set of 33 needles includes: Tapestry -sizes 18, 20, 22, and 24Embroidery -sizes 3 and 7Darners -size 18Betweens -size 7Chenille -sizes 20 and 22Long Darners -size 9 (68 words) - [Chloe Loom Sett Combs – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/all/products/chloe-loom-sett-combs/index.html): Pairs of sett combs for The Chloe Pocket Loom. 5" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 seed beads)16 dent(recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -wider pieces)18 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -thinner pieces) 8" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 d, Pairs of sett combs for The Chloe Pocket Loom. 5" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 seed beads)16 dent(recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -wider pieces)18 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -thinner pieces) 8" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 seed beads)16 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -wider pieces)18 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -thinner pieces) 10" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 seed beads)16 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -wider pieces)18 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -thinner pieces) Note:  All sett combs are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change. (These powder coated combs will look slightly different than the photos shown here.) *Note: These combs are not meant to be used on the Saffron Pocket Loom. The wood beams on that loom cannot withstand screwing and unscrewing new combs. *Each item comes with two combs, one for the top and one for the bottom of the loom Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe Loom PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (593 words) - [The 10" Chloe Pocket Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/looms/products/the-10-chloe-pocket-loom/index.html): The Chloe Pocket Loom is a portable tapestry and bead loom that's perfect for beginners but designed for professionals., The Chloe Pocket Loom is a portable tapestry and bead loom that's perfect for beginners but designed for professionals.  Welcome to Mirrix's newest loom, the 10" Chloe Pocket Loom. After the launch of the 5" and 8" versions of this loom, we kept getting the same question: When will you make a bigger Chloe? After many months of designing, redesigning and testing, the 10" Chloe Loom with double rods was born. While it might not actually be pocket-sized, this loom walks a delicate balance between portability and functionality with changeable sett combs and an on-loom tensioning device. It makes the perfect starter loom, travel loom or sampling loom. Be one of the first to get your hands on a 10" Chloe Loom today!  To order: Select sett and whether or not you want wrenches in the three drop-down menus. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 10"Weaving Length: 10.5"Loom Width: 10.5"Weight: 2 lbs Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind for both bead and tapestry weaving. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in three widths (find the 5" Chloe Pocket Loom here and the 8" Chloe Pocket Loom here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our Classic Series looms with combs available at six different setts that will allow you to weave at either 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 or 18 EPI. You can purchase additional sett combs for each loom which can be easily switched out. This loom is available with two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.  Who Should Buy This Loom? The Chloe Pocket Loom is a wonderful loom for those wanting to learn to weave tapestry or beads. It's small, easy to warp and simple to use, but is designed to make professional-quality pieces with the ability to adjust your tension as you weave and with sett combs that can be changed out for weaving with different bead sizes and yarn weights. This also makes it a great loom for more experienced weavers looking for a very portable loom for travel or sampling.  Included:One top and one bottom beam with metal combs at your chosen sett, two threaded rods for an 11" weaving length  (14" threaded rods), four wing-nuts, six washers, two hex nuts, two cap nuts, two black caps and written instructions. Optional: Two small wrenches for tightening the loom. We recommend these, but if you have already have two wrenches you'd like to use or are purchasing multiple Chloe Looms, you may not want them.  Additional Information:What can you weave on this loom? Fiber or beads Positioning: Horizontal on a lap or table or upright with The Chloe Loom Stand. Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving. Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (878 words) - [The 10" Chloe Loom + 8, 10, 12, 14 Sett Collection – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/starter-packages/products/the-10-chloe-loom-8-10-12-14-sett-collection/index.html): This package is perfect for anyone looking for a 10" Chloe Loom with four different sett options., The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in three widths with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series looms, sold here with four pairs of sett combs at 8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI that can easily be switched out. This loom is available with two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.   Included:One top and one bottom beam, four sett combs (8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI) two threaded rods for an 11" weaving length (14" threaded rods), four wing-nuts, six washers, two hex nuts, two cap nuts, two black caps, written instructions.  Note: All sett combs for the Chloe Loom have changed slightly. They are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change. Optional: Two small wrenches for tightening the loom. We recommend these, but if you have already have two wrenches you'd like to use or are purchasing multiple Chloe Looms, you may not want them. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 10"Weaving Length: 10.5"Loom Width: 10.5"Weight: 2 lbs Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions.Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe Loom PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (466 words) - [12" Little Guy Tapestry & Bead Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/looms/products/12-little-guy-loom/index.html): The 12" Little Guy Loom is everything you might want in a lap loom for tapestry or bead weaving., The 12" Little Guy Loom is everything you might want in a lap loom. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 9"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 26" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 22" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 12Weight: 4.2 lbs with the shedding device, 3.6 lbs without the shedding device *Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The 12” Little Guy Loom is the perfect loom for anyone looking to make small fiber or bead tapestries or jewelry on a loom that travels well, stores easily and can be used on your lap or can stand upright on a table with its two fold-out legs.  Who Should Buy This Loom? The 12" Little Guy Loom is a favorite among weavers who want a loom small enough to fit in their lap, but with all the bells and whistles available. It's made for both tapestry and bead weaving, is available with and without a shedding device, and has two fold-out legs for those times when you want to weave with your loom on a table.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple Included:With the Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions Without the Shedding Device Package:One 14 dent warp coil (Note: this coil is perfect for weaving with 11/0 seed beads. For 11/0 Delica beads, you will want the 18 dent coil. This, and other warp coils, can be purchased separately), two wooden clips for warping, warping bar, coil bar and written instructions. With the Shedding Device + One Roll of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, one roll of 100 Texsolv heddles. You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need Additional Information:What can you weave on this loom? Beads, Fiber, Beads and Fiber  Positioning: Upright with two fold-out legs on a table or on The Mirrix Harvey Stand. Shedding Device: Optional. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device to determine if a loom with one would be a good fit for your weaving needs. Note: If you purchase this loom with a shedding device that doesn’t mean the shedding device has to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to.  Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles. There is also an option to purchase this loom with one roll of 100 Texsolv heddles. Heddles can be reused.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, The Extra Warping Bar Kit, Loom Extenders, The Mirrix Harvey Stand, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device (with loom extenders) Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving. If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation.  PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (815 words) - [New Combs for the Chloe Pocket Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/blogs/mirrix-blog/chloe-comb-switch/index.html): When the Chloe Pocket Loom launched the sett combs were tumbled for smoothness. This worked well, except some combs broke during the tumbling process. This did not affect any combs that were sold, but it was a waste issue for us that required some changes to be made to the process. We are now powder-coating new combs. (138 words) - [C-Lon Fine Weight Beading Cord-half bobbin – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads-fiber/products/c-lon-fine-weight-beading-cord-half-bobbin/index.html): Don’t feel like you need a full bobbin of C-Lon Fine Weight Bead Cord? Or you just want to give it a try but not spend too much? This is your perfect choice. Half the size and less than half the cost. It works for both tapestry and beads and a combination of the two. We use it for a bunch of our kits because we love it, Don’t feel like you need a full bobbin of C-Lon Fine Weight Bead Cord? Or you just want to give it a try but not spend too much? This is your perfect choice. Half the size and less than half the cost. It works for both tapestry and beads and a combination of the two. We use it for a bunch of our kits because we love it so much. You will too. 119 yards (107 words) - [2024 Tapestry/Bead Cuff Bracelet Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/kits/products/2024-tapestry-bead-cuff-bracelet-kit/index.html): The Tapestry/Bead Cuff Bracelet Kit was created twelve years ago for one of the projects for an online tapestry class. It has been a smashing success ever since. Every once in a while we change the kit slightly. We are pleased with our new edition which includes our latest silk product, Gima Silk Tape, as well as our t, The Tapestry/Bead Cuff Bracelet Kit was created twelve years ago for one of the projects for an online tapestry class. It has been a smashing success ever since. Every once in a while we change the kit slightly. We are pleased with our new edition which includes our latest silk product, Gima Silk Tape, as well as our traditional Mulberry silk yarn. We have also added some triangle beads and charms.  The Tapestry/Bead Cuff Bracelet is a tapestry and bead bracelet woven on a Mirrix Loom with a shedding device. Rows of beads are strung onto the weft and woven in the same manner as the yarn. It is a great project for all levels as you can make your bracelet as simple or complex as you want, weaving simple stripes or practicing more complex tapestry techniques.  This kit includes: 3  12-yard bobbins of hand-painted Mulberry Silk3  12-yard bobbins of hand-painted Gima Silk1  25-yard bobbin of Gold Silk4 yards of railroad yarn -each strand a different color10 grams of triangle beads2 charms10 grams each of 8/0 and 11/0 beads2 1" cuffs1 bobbin beading thread (colors may vary)1 bobbin fine cord- 68 yards1 tube of glueUltra-suede ½ sheet (colors may vary) This kit comes with enough supplies to make two bracelets.  What else do I need with this kit? -An 8", 12", 16" or 22" Mirrix Loom with a shedding device -A 10 dent warp coil (this coil likely did not come with your loom and will need to be purchased separately.) -Heddles (these can be purchased or made) -A beading needle -A tapestry needle-A bead mat or piece of cloth to hold your beads -A good pair of scissors-A measuring tape  Level: Beginner You can download the free project ebook for this kit here. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (428 words) - [Loom Extenders – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/all/products/loom-extenders/index.html): The Mirrix loom extenders are ideal for people who want to weave belts, guitar straps and longer, thin pieces without having to purchase a larger loom. We have several different options for extenders depending on the loom you have. Note: Weaving lengths assume you are using continuous warping.  When adding this item to, The Mirrix loom extenders are ideal for people who want to weave belts, guitar straps and longer, thin pieces without having to purchase a larger loom. We have several different options for extenders depending on the loom you have. Note: Weaving lengths assume you are using continuous warping.  When adding this item to your cart, choose your loom size (and, if relevant, the package you want corresponding to that loom size) from the drop-down menu.  5″ Mini Mirrix Loom Extenders:Adds 24″ of weaving length. Extender length: 11 7/16”  The Mini Mirrix comes with two different ways to warp. The first is with the No Warp-Ends Kit. The second is using Texsolv cord instead of the wooden clips that are used to hold the warping bar on other Mirrix Looms. You can also warp this loom using the Easy Warp method with no additional supplies. If you want to warp in the traditional manner (with the warping bar) you will want to get these loom extenders with additional Texsolv cord. You will also need additional Texsolv cord if you want to use the No Warp-Ends Kit with the loom extenders. Your Mini will not stand up with the extenders so you will simply lay it on a table or prop the bottom in your lap and lean the loom against something. You can also attach the loom to the Mirrix stand. 8″ Lani Loom Extenders:Adds 24″ of weaving length. Extender length: 11 7/16”  The Lani Loom made tall with extenders is a sight to behold. If you have a second leg on your Lani Loom you are good to go. That extra leg is necessary for stability when you add the loom extenders unless you don’t plan to stand your loom on a table and rather would prefer to either lay it flat on the table or with its bottom in your lap and leaning on a table. It can also be put on the Mirrix loom stand. 12″ Little Guy, 16″ Big Sister, and 19" Deb  Loom Extenders: Adds 24″ of weaving length. Extender length: 14 7/16” Extenders for these looms include feet extenders to give your loom its original stability. 22″ Zach Loom Extenders:Adds 13″ of weaving length. Extender length: 6 3/8” Extenders for this loom includes feet extenders to give your loom its original stability. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (648 words) - [The Shasta Combs – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/the-shasta-combs/index.html): The Shasta Combs were developed with four goals in mind for Classic Series Mirrix Loom users: To offer a simple and easy warping option; to allow for shorter pieces to be woven without wasting warp; to create one layer of warp instead of two; to allow for four-selvedge warping.  These combs essentially turn a Mirrix Lo, The Shasta Combs were developed with four goals in mind for Classic Series Mirrix Loom users: To offer a simple and easy warping option; to allow for shorter pieces to be woven without wasting warp; to create one layer of warp instead of two; to allow for four-selvedge warping.  These combs essentially turn a Mirrix Loom into a simple frame loom (read: very simple to use) but with the amazing Mirrix tensioning system and the ability to use the Mirrix shedding device. The combs are not meant to replace our current warping system, which offers the advantage of putting on a warp that is longer than the loom itself as well as a variety of warp setts, but to provide an additional warping method that is very fast and simple. The Shasta Combs can also allow one to weave a tapestry/fiber or bead piece (of limited lengths) with no warp-ends to finish.The Shasta Combs for the 12", 16", 19" and 22" looms are made of powder-coated aluminum with slightly angled tines. The 5" and 8" Shasta Combs are made of aluminum that is not powder-coated and without angled tines. Shasta Combs have three sides so that they clamp right on to the top and bottom beams of the loom, making them easy to put on and take off without having to permanently change anything about the loom.These combs are available in warp sett of 8, 10, 12, and 14 ends per inch. However, if you use them with a top and bottom warp coil you can get whatever sett the warp coils are. This method of combining the combs with the warp coils allows you to use them with most bead sizes as well as different setts for tapestry/fiber weaving. You can find Shasta Combs for our double beamed Classic Series Looms here.Why Combs?-Easy and fast warping -Saves warp-Creates one layer of warp instead of two -Gives you the option of not having to finish your warp-ends (The size of pieces made with this method are limited by the size of your loom and the height each loom can be adjusted to, as the top and bottom of weavings made with this method will be at the top and bottom of your loom.)Who Might Want Combs?-Tapestry/fiber weavers and bead weavers (Note: Bead weavers will want to use this accessory with a Bottom Spring Kit.) -Beginning weavers who want the option of a simple method of warping-Weavers who want to weave pieces without warp ends to finish (See note above about size limitations.) -Those looking for a fast, easy way to warp for samples or other quick pieces How to Warp With Combs:Warping consists of tying to a tooth on one comb and zig-zagging back and forth through the teeth. There are three slightly different methods of doing this depending on if you want warp ends or not or want to use springs in combination with the combs.  Click here for instructions on warping using the Shasta Combs Interested in the combs for weaving without warp ends? Not sure if a No Warp-Ends Kit or Shasta Combs are a better fit for your needs? Read this blog post first!What You Get:A set of TWO aluminum combs (one for the top and one for the bottom of your loom.)Comb Length5” Mini Mirrix: 2 3/8” long. 8” Lani Loom: 5 1/4” long. 12” Little Guy Loom: 9 1/4” long. 16” Big Sister Loom: 13 1/4” long. 22" Zach Loom: 19 1/4" long.  Not recommended for use with the Spencer Power Treadle PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misus (1,011 words) - [Heddles – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/texsolv-heddles/index.html): Specially made for us in Sweden from Texsolv, these one-eye Mirrix heddles come in a roll of 100., Specially made for us in Sweden from the same Texsolv used to make all non-metal heddles for floor looms, these one-eye Mirrix heddles come in a roll of 100. They are strong, reusable, easy to use and are good at almost any sett on the loom because they are thin. For weaving past 18 dents per inch we recommend making your own thinner heddles. These are the only pre-made heddles you can buy that work on the Mirrix Loom if you choose not to make your own. Heddles may be shipped on or off the roll.  To separate heddles from the strand, cut in the center of the small hole between each heddle.  How to figure out how many heddles you need Note: If you are looking for heddles for a Mirrix loom with an extended shed, you can find those here. (169 words) - [32″ Joni Tapestry & Bead Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/looms/products/32-joni-loom/index.html): The 32" Joni Loom is a serious but fuss-free loom for anyone looking to make big tapestries, rugs or bead weavings. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 29"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 59" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 55" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 32"Weight: 12.4 lbsRegular Shed, The 32" Joni Loom is a serious but fuss-free loom for anyone looking to make big tapestries, rugs or bead weavings. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 29"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 59" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 55" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 32"Weight: 12.4 lbsRegular Shed Size: 3/4" Extended Shed Size: 1.5" (for extended shed loom option) *Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The 32” Joni Loom is a great loom for those of you who like to think big but don’t want your loom to take over your space. This loom has double beams on the top and bottom for extra strength.  Who Should Buy This Loom: The 32" Loom is for anyone who wants to make a large weaving but still wants a portable, and storable, loom. It can be used for tapestry, bead or rug weaving.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of mapleIncluded:With the Regular Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, a regular shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions With the Regular Shedding Device + Three Rolls of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, a regular shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (for a total of 300 heddles). You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need With the Extended Shed Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, an extended shedding device and handle, two extended wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions With the Extended Shed Shedding Device + Three Rolls of 100 Extended Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, an extended shedding device and handle, two extended wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (for a total of 300 heddles). You may need more heddles depending on the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need Regular or Extended Shed:This loom's shedding device is available with a regular shed size (3/4") or an extended shed (1.5") size. The extended shed option is perfect for rug weaving or for anyone looking for a portable tapestry loom with a large shed for bobbins, shuttles or fingers! Choose "Extended" from the drop-down to select the extended shed option. Please note that you will need to buy or make extended heddles if you choose a loom with an extended shedding device.  Additional Information:What can you weave on this loom? Beads, Fiber, Beads and Fiber Positioning: Upright with two fold-out legs on a table or on The Mirrix Harvey Stand. Shedding Device: Yes. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device. You can purchase this loom with a shedding device for a regular (3/4") or extended (1.5") shed -See above. Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles or pre-made extended heddles. There are also options to purchase this loom with three rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (300 total heddles) with the regular or extended shed. Heddles can be reused.  Note: The shedding device doesn’t have to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, the Extra Warping Bar Kit, Loom Extenders, The Mirrix Harvey Stand, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device  Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation. Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (966 words) - [Brights or Pastels Colonial Yarn Sampler Sets – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads-fiber/products/colonial-yarn-sampler-sets-in-brights-and-pastels/index.html): 12 8-yard bobbins of 3-Ply Persian wool yarn in one of two colorways, Brights or Pastels. Click the drop-down to see each colorway., 12 8-yard bobbins of 3-Ply Persian wool yarn in one of two colorways, Brights or Pastels. Click the drop-down to see each colorway. (63 words) - [Bottom Spring Kit (Warp Coils Not Included) – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/bottom-spring-kit-warp-coils-not-included/index.html): The bottom spring kit is a plastic tray for holding a spring at the bottom of the loom like the one at the top of each loom., The Bottom Spring Kit s a plastic tray for holding a spring (warp coil) at the bottom of the loom (like the one at the top of most Mirrix looms) with two attached brass acorn nuts for holding the spring (warp coil). The Bottom Spring Kit is useful for keeping warp threads correctly aligned when putting on the first row of beads or for evenly spacing the warp for tapestry weaving. It is simply and easily attached with permanent 2-sided tape. Bottom Spring Kits are perfect for:-Weaving wide bead pieces (especially with the shedding device)-Weaving wide tapestry pieces-Small format tapestry (more than 18 DPI)  Additional warp coils must be purchased separately. Click here to find warp coils for the 5" Mini Mirrix.  *Note: Bottom Spring Kits do not come with springs bars as they are not needed. Knarl nuts may be brass or stainless. Click here to learn how to put a Bottom Spring Kit on your loom (it's easy!) PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (414 words) - [19" Deb Tapestry & Bead Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/looms/products/19-deb-tapestry-bead-loom/index.html): The 19" Deb Loom is perfect for workshops and travel. This tapestry and bead loom can make a piece 16" wide and 36" long and fits well in a 20" x 28" suitcase extended up to 19.5" (maximum loom height is 24".), Need a mid-sized bead or tapestry loom that can still fits in a suitcase? The 19" Deb Loom is the one for you! Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 16” Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 19”Weight: 6 lbs Regular Shed Size: 3/4" Extended Shed Size: 1.5" (for extended shed loom option)*Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:Over the years we’ve noticed that there was a small gap in our line of looms between the 16” Big Sister Loom and the 22” Zach Loom. Customers wanted a loom that could make a piece a little bit wider than the 16” but that was more portable and would fit in a suitcase. The 19” Deb Loom is just that. Perfect for workshops and travel, this 6 lb loom can make a piece 16" wide and 36" long. It fits well in a 20" x 28" suitcase with the loom extended up to 19.5". For 24" more weaving length, add Loom Extenders to this loom.  This loom was named in memory of our friend, weaver and teacher, Deb Bednarek. Who Should Buy This Loom? The 19" Deb Loom was designed to be as large as a Mirrix Loom could be while still fitting in a suitcase. If you're hoping to make relatively large pieces, but still want to be able to travel with your loom, the 19" will be a great fit. It is perfect for both bead and tapestry weaving and stores easily.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple Included:With the Regular Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, a regular shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions With the Regular Shedding Device + Two Rolls of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, a regular shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (for a total of 200 heddles). You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need With the Extended Shed Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, an extended shedding device and handle, two extended wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions With the Extended Shed Shedding Device + Two Rolls of 100 Extended Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, an extended shedding device and handle, two extended wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (for a total of 200 heddles). You may need more heddles depending on the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need Regular or Extended Shed:This loom's shedding device is available with a regular shed size (3/4") or an extended shed (1.5") size. The extended shed option is perfect for rug weaving or for anyone looking for a portable tapestry loom with a large shed for bobbins, shuttles or fingers! Choose "Extended" from the drop-down to select the extended shed option. Please note that you will need to buy or make extended heddles if you choose a loom with an extended shedding device.  Additional Information:Positioning: Upright with two fold-out legs on a table or on The Mirrix Harvey Stand. Shedding Device: Yes. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device. You can purchase this loom with a shedding device for a regular (3/4") or extended (1.5") shed -See above. The shedding device doesn’t have to be used for every project.  Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles or pre-made extended heddles. There are also options to purchase this loom with two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (200 total heddles) with the regular or extended shed. Heddles can be reused.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, the Extra Warping Bar Kit, Loom Extenders, The Electric Spencer Treadle, The Mirrix Harvey Stand, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device (with loom extenders) Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation.  Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (1,068 words) - [Natasha Khiev x Mirrix Looms Classic Series Loom Starter Packages](/content/collections/starter-packages/products/natasha-khiev-x-mirrix-looms-classic-series-loom-starter-packages.html): Natasha Khiev is a weaver and teacher known for exploring texture, form and shape in bold and creative ways with her small tapestries. We are thrilled to have designed this curated loom starter package in collaboration with Natasha.  Choose from one of four Classic Series Looms and (optionally) add one or more of three, Natasha Khiev is a weaver and teacher known for exploring texture, form and shape in bold and creative ways with her small tapestries. We are thrilled to have designed this curated loom starter package in collaboration with Natasha.  Choose from one of four Classic Series Looms and (optionally) add one or more of three live online classes taught by Natasha!  Package Options:-A classic series Mirrix Loom  (12", 16", 19" or 22" Loom) with four warp coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, a shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions. (Note: to use the shedding device, you will want to either make or buy heddles for this loom.)-A set of 8 dent Shasta Combs-Two 100-yard bobbins of 12/6 seine twine warp  Live Online Classes (You can also choose to purchase this package without a class)-Supplemental Warp (veils) and Weft (ohrms)-Double Weaving-Warp Manipulation Techniques You can learn more about the three classes here. You can find the class schedules here.  If you purchase all three classes, you will get a 15% discount on them!  What else you need to begin:-Heddles (These are not needed for Natasha's classes, but if you purchase a Classic Series Loom package, that comes with a shedding device and you will either need to make or purchase heddles to use that.) For each class: Supplemental Warp/Weft:Warp weights (optional)Table clamp (optional)Painter's tapeTapestry needle Warp Manipulation:Painter's tape 3 small binder clips or Clover Wonder ClipsTapestry needle (optional)Double Weaving:Painter's tape Tapestry needlePiece of cardboard (optional) (842 words) - [16" Big Sister Tapestry & Bead Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/looms/products/16-big-sister-loom/index.html): The 16″ Big Sister Loom is the most popular Mirrix Loom. Mid-size and still portable, the Big Sister Loom is great for bead or tapestry weavers., The 16" Big Sister Loom strikes the perfect balance between functionality and portability. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 13"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 16Weight: 5.4 lbs with the shedding device, 4.6 lbs without the shedding device*Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The 16″ Big Sister Loom is the most popular loom in the Mirrix collection. It strikes the perfect balance between portability and functionality and fits perfectly in a studio, living room or even a suitcase. If you’re looking for a compact loom with big possibilities, this might just be the loom for you! Who Should Buy This Loom? The 16" Big Sister Loom is our most popular loom for a reason. It's a manageable size even for beginners, makes a fairly large weaving (or more than one smaller one) and can be thrown in a tote bag for travel or under a bed for storage.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple Included:With the Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions Without the Shedding Device Package:One 14 dent warp coil (Note: this coil is perfect for weaving with 11/0 seed beads. For 11/0 Delica beads, you will want the 18 dent coil. This, and other warp coils, can be purchased separately), two wooden clips for warping, warping bar, coil bar and written instructions With the Shedding Device + Two Rolls of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (200 total heddles). You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need Additional Information:Positioning: Upright with two fold-out legs on a table or on The Mirrix Harvey Stand. Shedding Device: Optional. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device to determine if a loom with one would be a good fit for your weaving needs. Note: If you purchase this loom with a shedding device that doesn’t mean the shedding device has to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to.  Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles. There is also an option to purchase this loom with two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (200 total heddles). Heddles can be reused.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, the Extra Warping Bar Kit, Loom Extenders, The Mirrix Harvey Stand, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device (with loom extenders) Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation.  Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (793 words) - [Extra Leg for Lani Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/replacement-parts/products/extra-leg-for-lani-loom/index.html): We have had some owners of the 8" Lani Loom request an extra leg (the Lani only comes with one leg) for extra loom stability. Here it is!, We have had some owners of the 8" Lani Loom request an extra leg (the Lani only comes with one leg) for extra loom stability. Here it is! You will have to remove the rubber foot and unscrew the nut at the bottom of the loom to install this leg. Please note that you will not be able to fold in the second leg.   If you are ordering this leg for a loom you already have, please give us the exact length of the leg (end to end) on your current loom via email ONLY IF the length of your extra leg IS NOT 6".  (136 words) - [Replacement Shedding Device Screw – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/replacement-parts/products/replacement-shedding-device-screw/index.html): Replacement screws that screw into a Mirrix shedding device to hold the heddle bar.  Please choose "silver" or "brass" to indicate the color of the standoffs (where the screw screws into) on your shedding device. The screw will be different depending on this.  PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to alw, Replacement screws that screw into a Mirrix shedding device to hold the heddle bar.  Please choose "silver" or "brass" to indicate the color of the standoffs (where the screw screws into) on your shedding device. The screw will be different depending on this.  PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (186 words) - [Felting Package – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/wool-warp/products/felting-package/index.html): Enjoy felting with this all-in-one kit. This kit includes: Foam Pad - An essential item for making felt. The foam pad gives you a surface for stabbing the felting needles into the felt. It is 9” x 8” x “2. Felting Needle Tool - This felting needle holder holds up to 6 felting needles. Three 36g felting needles are incl, Enjoy felting with this all-in-one kit. This kit includes: Foam Pad - An essential item for making felt. The foam pad gives you a surface for stabbing the felting needles into the felt. It is 9” x 8” x “2. Felting Needle Tool - This felting needle holder holds up to 6 felting needles. Three 36g felting needles are included. Felting Needles - 36g. Set of 3.  6 color ways of 100% Wool Roving -  2 oz. of fiber per bag in colors of Misty Morning, Nature’s Colors, Bright and Bold, Deep & Rich, Earth, Sea & Sky, & Fruits and Berries   PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (224 words) - [The Taos Wools x Mirrix Looms Yarn Kits](/content/collections/kits/products/the-taos-wool-x-mirrix-looms-looms-yarn-kits/index.html): Taos Wools Chica is a single-ply, fine tapestry weight heritage wool blend that is grown, spun and hand dyed in the USA.  This yarn weaves up well at 10-12 epi for a weft-faced weaving with a single strand. Multiple strands can be "bundled" and woven at a sett closer to 8 epi. Taos Wools (originally Weaving Southwest) , Taos Wools Chica is a single-ply, fine tapestry weight heritage wool blend that is grown, spun and hand dyed in the USA.  This yarn weaves up well at 10-12 epi for a weft-faced weaving with a single strand. Multiple strands can be "bundled" and woven at a sett closer to 8 epi. Taos Wools (originally Weaving Southwest) is a textile gallery, weaving classroom and yarn store in Arroyo Seco, New Mexico. It owes its existence to the Rachel Brown, the amazing fiber artist (tapestry weaver, dyer, spinner) and author of “The Spinning, Dyeing and Weaving Book”. Recently we contacted Joe, who owns Taos Wools, to ask if there was a way we could work together. He sent us samples of their wool and we fell in love with it. We asked Joe if he could dye some colors just for us so we could package them in sets in smaller quantities so Mirrix customers could experience a range of their colors and the absolute loveliness of their yarn. He said yes and was just as excited as we were. The dyed colors are variegated, giving your tapestry more complexity. The natural grays are stunning. In addition to the lovely weft yarn, Taos offers warp to die for. We chose the two-ply wool warp because it is so strong and well twisted. We had been searching for the perfect wool warp for a very long time. We hope you enjoy these wools as much as we do. We are offering three curated yarn kits shown below: The Colors Kit, The Neutrals Kit and the Complete Kit and are also selling warp separately here and loom starter packages here. (You can buy full skeins of Taos Wool Chica directly at taoswools.com!) Yarn Kit Options:  The Colors Kit-One 100-yard bobbin of wool warp-10 one-ounce (approximately 100-yard) bobbins&nbsp; The Neutrals Kit-One 100-yard bobbin of wool warp-Six one-ounce (approximately 100-yard) bobbins The Complete Kit-One 100-yard bobbin of wool warp-16 one-ounce (approximately 100-yard) bobbins   (402 words) - [Gima Silk Tape Individual Hand-Painted Bobbins: Color Five – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/gima-silk-tape/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-gima-silk-tape-color-five.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place.This rare and gorgeous Gima silk tape (also known as Straw Silk) is composed of seven strands of mulberry silk combined to create a flat ribbon-like structure. We imported this silk from a factory in Japan that produces it. Gima means “like linen,” called so because this striking yarn has the crisp feel of linen. As you use it, it softens up slightly but always retains a nice body. It takes dye beautifully and is an absolute pleasure with which to weave. We have used it for: weaving, embroidery, needlepoint (14 or 18 mesh canvas), kumohimo, crochet and knitting.All dye lots are limited to a maximum of 45 bobbins. Although we do not exactly repeat dye lots, we do try to recreate our fan favorites. If you are planning to need a certain number of bobbins to finish a piece, we suggest purchasing what you need up front because eventually any given color way will run out.Each Gima Silk Bobbin holds 12 yards of silk   (301 words) - [Bumpers for the Chloe set of 4 – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/back-bumpers/index.html): Put these four rubber bumpers near the four corners of the back of the Chloe loom. They serve two purposes: to give you a nice cushion that grabs the table if you lay your loom on the table and to allow you to lean just the top of the loom on a table.  Set of four PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to, Put these four rubber bumpers near the four corners of the back of the Chloe loom. They serve two purposes: to give you a nice cushion that grabs the table if you lay your loom on the table and to allow you to lean just the top of the loom on a table.  Set of four PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (180 words) - [Chloe Loom Sett Combs – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/chloe-loom-sett-combs/index.html): Pairs of sett combs for The Chloe Pocket Loom. 5" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 seed beads)16 dent(recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -wider pieces)18 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -thinner pieces) 8" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 d, Pairs of sett combs for The Chloe Pocket Loom. 5" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 seed beads)16 dent(recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -wider pieces)18 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -thinner pieces) 8" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 seed beads)16 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -wider pieces)18 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -thinner pieces) 10" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 seed beads)16 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -wider pieces)18 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -thinner pieces) Note:  All sett combs are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change. (These powder coated combs will look slightly different than the photos shown here.) *Note: These combs are not meant to be used on the Saffron Pocket Loom. The wood beams on that loom cannot withstand screwing and unscrewing new combs. *Each item comes with two combs, one for the top and one for the bottom of the loom Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe Loom PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (593 words) - [Add-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron Looms – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/accessories/products/threaded-rods-for-the-chloe-or-the-saffron/index.html): All four of these threaded rods can be used with the Chloe Loom or the Saffron Loom. They will also have different maximum weaving lengths, depending on which loom you pair them with because the Chloe and Saffron Looms are made up of different materials. If you are buying extra rods for the 10" Chloe Loom, choose the o, All four of these threaded rods can be used with the Chloe Loom or the Saffron Loom. They will also have different maximum weaving lengths, depending on which loom you pair them with because the Chloe and Saffron Looms are made up of different materials. If you are buying extra rods for the 10" Chloe Loom, choose the option from the dropdown specifically for the 10" Chloe Loom that comes with two rods. Note that the "long rod" option is not available in a pair for the 10" Chloe Loom because that loom comes with that rod size. It is available as a single rod and you can purchase two if you need them for some reason. The Short Rod is 7 3/4" long. The maximum weaving lengths are:Chloe Loom weaving length: 5"Saffron Loom weaving length: 6" The Regular Rod is 11 3/4" long. The maximum weaving lengths are:Chloe Loom weaving length:  8"Saffron Loom weaving length:  9"*Note this is the rod length that came with the Saffron Pocket Loom and comes with the 5" and 8" Chloe Looms The Long Rod is 14" long. The maximum weaving lengths are:Chloe Loom weaving length:  11" Saffron Loom weaving length:12" *Note this is the rod length that comes with the 10" Chloe Loom The Extra Long Rod is 20" long. The maximum weaving lengths are:Chloe Loom weaving length:  16 1/2"Saffron Loom weaving length: 17 1/2" Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (578 words) - [Threaded Rod Loom Tilt Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/accessories/products/tilt-kit/index.html): Have you ever wished that your Mirrix Loom was more angled while weaving at a table? Would you love the ability to warp with a large spool of warp without having to raise up the loom to get it underneath? Introducing the Mirrix Threaded Rod Tilt Kit. Its function is 3-fold: to adjust the angle of your loom if you prefe, Have you ever wished that your Mirrix Loom was more angled while weaving at a table? Would you love the ability to warp with a large spool of warp without having to raise up the loom to get it underneath? Introducing the Mirrix Threaded Rod Tilt Kit. Its function is 3-fold: to adjust the angle of your loom if you prefer a tilt to make weaving more comfortable; to raise your loom to make passing a large spool of warp around the bottom beam easier while warping; to correct for an uneven weaving surface by adjusting each leg separately.  The Tilt Kit can be used with our 16" through 38" Looms. If you have more than one Mirrix Loom, the kit can be switched out between different looms, as it is one size fits all. Instructions for installation included with kit.  PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (263 words) - [The Chloe Loom Stand – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/all/products/the-chloe-loom-stand/index.html): The Chloe Loom Stand is a removable stand for the Mirrix Chloe Pocket Loom. It props the loom up at angle on any flat surface., The Chloe Loom Stand is a removable stand for the Chloe Pocket Loom. It props the loom up at angle and comes with two rubber feet for the bottom of the loom. For the 5" and 8" looms, the stand comes with one leg, for the 10" loom, the stand comes with two legs. What comes with the stand: The 5" and 8" Chloe Loom Stand:-2 hex nuts-2 washers-Stand leg -2 rubber bumpers The 10" Chloe Loom Stand:-4 hex nuts-4 washers-2 stand legs-2 rubber bumpers The Saffron Pocket Loom Package (Note: Loom is now discontinued) -2 hex nuts-2 washers-Stand leg -2 rubber bumpers-Sandpaper Please select which loom you are purchasing the stand for. To move the stand from loom to loom, you must purchase additional bumpers (these adhere to the loom and cannot be moved from loom to loom) and take apart the loom to remove the hardware each time you switch the loom the stand is on.  Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (420 words) - [The Chloe Loom Stand – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/accessories/products/the-chloe-loom-stand/index.html): The Chloe Loom Stand is a removable stand for the Mirrix Chloe Pocket Loom. It props the loom up at angle on any flat surface., The Chloe Loom Stand is a removable stand for the Chloe Pocket Loom. It props the loom up at angle and comes with two rubber feet for the bottom of the loom. For the 5" and 8" looms, the stand comes with one leg, for the 10" loom, the stand comes with two legs. What comes with the stand: The 5" and 8" Chloe Loom Stand:-2 hex nuts-2 washers-Stand leg -2 rubber bumpers The 10" Chloe Loom Stand:-4 hex nuts-4 washers-2 stand legs-2 rubber bumpers The Saffron Pocket Loom Package (Note: Loom is now discontinued) -2 hex nuts-2 washers-Stand leg -2 rubber bumpers-Sandpaper Please select which loom you are purchasing the stand for. To move the stand from loom to loom, you must purchase additional bumpers (these adhere to the loom and cannot be moved from loom to loom) and take apart the loom to remove the hardware each time you switch the loom the stand is on.  Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (420 words) - [Bottom Spring Kit with 8, 12, 14 and 18 Dent Warp Coils – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/bottom-spring-kit-with-8-12-14-ad-18-dent-warp-coils.html): The bottom spring kit is a plastic tray for holding a spring at the bottom of the loom like the one at the top of each loom., The Bottom Spring Kit s a plastic tray for holding a spring (warp coil) at the bottom of the loom (like the one at the top of most Mirrix looms) with two attached brass acorn nuts for holding the spring (warp coil). The Bottom Spring Kit is useful for keeping warp threads correctly aligned when putting on the first row of beads or for evenly spacing the warp for tapestry weaving. It is simply and easily attached with permanent 2-sided tape. Bottom Spring Kits are perfect for:-Weaving wide bead pieces (especially with the shedding device)-Weaving wide tapestry pieces-Small format tapestry (more than 18 DPI) This package comes with 8, 12, 14 and 18 dent warp coils (the same warp coils that come with any Mirrix Loom with a shedding device). Knarl nuts may be brass or stainless. *Note: Bottom Spring Kits do not come with springs bars as they are not needed. Click here to learn how to put a Bottom Spring Kit on your loom (it's easy!)  PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (418 words) - [Rebecca Mezoff x Mirrix Looms Chloe Loom Starter Package](/content/collections/starter-packages/products/rebecca-mezoff-x-mirrix-looms-chloe-loom-starter-package.html): If you're serious about learning to weave tapestry and want to learn at your own pace and in the privacy of your own home, we recommend Rebecca Mezoff's online tapestry classes. We've partnered with Rebecca to put together a Chloe Loom package that gives you almost everything you need to get started with her classes. T, If you're serious about learning to weave tapestry and want to learn at your own pace and in the privacy of your own home, we recommend Rebecca Mezoff's online tapestry classes. We've partnered with Rebecca to put together a Chloe Loom package that gives you almost everything you need to get started with her classes. The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths  (either a 5" or an 8" weaving width) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series looms, sold here with two pairs of sett combs at 8 and 12 DPI that can easily be switched out, a 14.5" rod (for an 11" weaving length) and two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.   Included:-One top and one bottom beam, two sett combs (8 and 12 DPI) one 14 1/2" long threaded rod (for a maximum 11" weaving length) two wing-nuts, two double washers, one hex nut, one regular washer, one cap nut, one vinyl cap, written instructions, and two small wrenches for tightening the loom.-One 5" Susan Bates Steel Tapestry Needle-One 100-yard bobbin of 12/6 unbleached Bockens Seine Twine.-The Chloe Loom Stand  Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions.Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. Rebecca Also RecommendsColonial Yarn SetsFaro YarnThe Rebecca Mezoff Book Bundle Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe Chloe Pocket LoomThe Complete Chloe Loom and Sett CollectionAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron Looms PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (426 words) - [Valley Yarns Collingwood Rug Warp – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/warp/products/wool-warp/index.html): This rug warp by Valley Yarns is 80% wool and 20% nylon.  Sold on a 100 yard bobbin., This rug warp by Valley Yarns is 80% wool and 20% nylon.  Sold on a 100 yard bobbin. (49 words) - [The Santolla Purse Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/sale/products/weave-along-41-the-santolla-purse/index.html): Named after customer extraordinaire Deb Santolla Learn to weave tapestry with the Santolla Purse Kit. The full 57-page tutorial will be available for download after purchase.  In my first decade of weaving tapestry I got hooked on making tapestry purses. I made a whole lot of them and sold them in galleries. They were , Named after customer extraordinaire Deb Santolla Learn to weave tapestry with the Santolla Purse Kit. The full 57-page tutorial will be available for download after purchase.  In my first decade of weaving tapestry I got hooked on making tapestry purses. I made a whole lot of them and sold them in galleries. They were very unthreatening to make and they comprised small bits of weaving I could easily wrap my head around. I was able to experiment endlessly. Eventually I gave up this practice in order to move into large wall hangings. I got a hankering to make a purse again (inspired by GIST’s new Dwella Rug Wool), and after a few trial and errors, I came up with this sweet little design. I wanted to create a pattern that would repeat itself, but in surprising ways. On my third try I came up with the final design: rows that include five small rectangles and one rectangle fifty percent larger. The large rectangle would move from left to right for each section and then be covered by a few rows of the yarn matching the larger square.  The final piece is folded such that the warps are horizontal, not vertical. This gives the purse a very different look from what one observes when weaving.  The kit includes:-6 42-yard  bobbins of Gist Dwella Rug Yarn-11 grams of 11/0 Myuki Delica Beads for finishing-2 silver-plated D-Rings (note: these are different from the photo) -Cotton material for lining-A bobbin of C-Lon thread-1 two-inch tapestry needle-1 beading needle-1 100 yard bobbin of 12/9 Seine Twine (If using a loom 28" or larger, you will need to purchase an additional 100 yard bobbin.) (Please contact us if you plan to weave this on the 48" Lily Loom.)-An adjustable leather purse strap This kit makes: An 8" x 16" tapestry for a final purse size of 8 x 8 What else you need to begin: -A 12" or larger Classic Series Mirrix Loom with a 8 dent warp coil and a shedding device. For looms 28" and larger, you will need an extra 100-yard bobbin of seine twine. (Please contact us if you plan to weave this on the 48" Lily Loom.) (Note: You can also weave this without a shedding device.) -64 heddles (one roll or you can make your own) -A good pair of scissors-A measuring tape -A bead mat or piece of cloth to hold your beads for finishing -A beater (or fork) (449 words) - [Bockens Seine Twine Bobbins – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/warp/products/bockens-seine-twine-bobbins/index.html):   100-yard bobbin of Bockens Seine Twine. Seine Twine is made from long-staple, very high quality cotton (it was originally used to make nets so it had to be strong) and is basically unbreakable.  12/6 Bockens Seine Twine will accommodate 5 to 16 ends per inch. 12/9 Bockens Seine Twine will accommodate 6 to 12 ends per,   100-yard bobbin of Bockens Seine Twine. Seine Twine is made from long-staple, very high quality cotton (it was originally used to make nets so it had to be strong) and is basically unbreakable.  12/6 Bockens Seine Twine will accommodate 5 to 16 ends per inch. 12/9 Bockens Seine Twine will accommodate 6 to 12 ends per inch.12/12 Bockens Seine Twine will accommodate 7 to 8 ends per inch. Color: Unbleached or BlackAmount: 100 yards (137 words) - [Linen Warp Bobbins – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/warp/products/bockens-linen-twine-bobbins/index.html): 100-yard bobbin of either 8/4 or 8/2 Bockens Linen Warp This yarn is spun with extra twist and is exceptionally strong for high-tension weaving and rugs that will stand the test of time and use. Color: Unbleached Amount: 100 yards, 100-yard bobbin of either 8/4 or 8/2 Bockens Linen Warp This yarn is spun with extra twist and is exceptionally strong for high-tension weaving and rugs that will stand the test of time and use. Color: Unbleached Amount: 100 yards (77 words) - [The 5" Chloe Loom + 8, 10, 12, 14 Sett Collection – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/starter-packages/products/the-complete-chloe-sett-collection/index.html): This package is perfect for anyone looking for a 5" Chloe Tapestry & Bead Loom with a variety of sett combs., The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths (find the 8" Loom Sett Collection Here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series looms, sold here with four pairs of sett combs at 8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI that can easily be switched out. This loom is available with two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.   Included:One top and one bottom beam, four sett combs (8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI) one threaded rod for an 8" weaving length, two wing-nuts, two double washers, one hex nut, one regular washer, one cap nut, one plastic cap, written instructions.  Note: All sett combs for the Chloe Loom have changed slightly. They are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change. Optional: Two small wrenches for tightening the loom. We recommend these, but if you have already have two wrenches you'd like to use or are purchasing multiple Chloe Looms, you may not want them. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 5"Weaving Length:&nbsp;8"Loom Width: 5.5"Weight: 15 oz Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions.Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (483 words) - [Bobbin of Black Silk – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads-fiber/products/bobbin-of-black-silk/index.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place. This silk yarn is made of 3 plies of 35 Mulberry silk filaments (20-22 denier each) for a total of 105 silk filaments. Each bobbin holds 12 yards of silk. It is reeled silk which means the filaments are single strands that come out of the silk cocoon and then are plied. This produces the highest quality silk. It boasts lots of natural shine, smoothness, evenness and strength and does not pill at all. This silk is perfect for not only tapestry or weft-faced weaving but also needlepoint, cross stitch and embroidery. A single strand exactly covers an 18 count needlepoint canvas. Whether you are looking for an exciting pop of color or plan to use this silk exclusively, it will not disappoint. The great news is it is also colorfast as long as you do not leave it in direct sunlight for long periods of time. Whip out your loom, needlepoint canvas or a piece of cloth and start feeling the colors!12-yard bobbin   (295 words) - [The Queen Nefertiti Bracelet Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/kits/products/the-queen-nefertiti-bracelet/index.html): Need the perfect bracelet to wear to a special event? Looking for a gift fit for a queen? Make one of these stunning beaded bracelets with this kit., Need the perfect bracelet to wear to a special event? Looking for a gift fit for a queen? Make one of these stunning beaded bracelets (there are enough supplies to make two) for yourself and give one to a friend with this gorgeous kit named after the Egyptian Queen Nefertiti. You will receive a digital download after you purchase with the ebook instructions to make this project.  Kit Includes Six different colors of high-end 11/0 Delica beads 15/0 seed beads for edging/finishing Two “Elegant Elements” Bracelet Clasps (large and small) in gold A bobbin of C-Lon beading thread A digital pattern for two different bracelets (one 1″ wide and one 3/4″ wide) What do I need with this kit? Any size Mirrix Loom You will also need a beading needle (if your beading needle is long, you may also want a sewing needle), a pair of scissors, an 18 dent warp coil (note this does not come with looms without shedding devices), a measuring tape and a bead mat or piece of cloth. Level: Beginner and up This kit comes with enough supplies to make two bracelets (one 1″ wide and one 3/4″ wide)  (225 words) - [Gima Silk Tape Individual Hand-Painted Bobbins: Color Eleven – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/gima-silk-tape/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-gima-silk-tape-color-eleven.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place.This rare and gorgeous Gima silk tape (also known as Straw Silk) is composed of seven strands of mulberry silk combined to create a flat ribbon-like structure. We imported this silk from a factory in Japan that produces it. Gima means “like linen,” called so because this striking yarn has the crisp feel of linen. As you use it, it softens up slightly but always retains a nice body. It takes dye beautifully and is an absolute pleasure with which to weave. We have used it for: weaving, embroidery, needlepoint (14 or 18 mesh canvas), kumohimo, crochet and knitting.All dye lots are limited to a maximum of 45 bobbins. Although we do not exactly repeat dye lots, we do try to recreate our fan favorites. If you are planning to need a certain number of bobbins to finish a piece, we suggest purchasing what you need up front because eventually any given color way will run out.Each Gima Silk Bobbin holds 12 yards of silk   (301 words) - [Weave-Along 40: The Linda Bangles – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/kits/products/weave-along-40-the-linda-bangles/index.html): Named after customer extraordinaire Linda Yeatts! Learn to combine beads and fiber weaving with the Linda Bangles Kit. The full 42-page tutorial will be available for download after purchase.  When you think of jewelry you do not necessarily think of tapestry. But at Mirrix we have been turning tapestry into jewelry fo, Named after customer extraordinaire Linda Yeatts! Learn to combine beads and fiber weaving with the Linda Bangles Kit. The full 42-page tutorial will be available for download after purchase.  When you think of jewelry you do not necessarily think of tapestry. But at Mirrix we have been turning tapestry into jewelry for years. We decided it was time to reinvent our tapestry cuff bracelet and turn it into a tapestry bangle. After much research we found the pieces to create such a thing: lovely bangles in silver, gold and rose gold. This might be the first time anyone has come up with such a thing and we are mighty proud we got there first. We were also thrilled that eventually the imagine we had stuck in our heads actually worked. It took a lot of back and forth and cutting a lot of failed pieces off the loom. But then it all came together: the correct materials to use from warp to weft, the correct bangle, the correct measurements and a way to make the tapestry and the bangle sing together. Make one for yourself or give one away. Or just keep both because one can never sport too many bangles. The piece is unexpected and joyful with lovely pops of color separated by beads. It comprises Mirrix hand painted silk, which will not fade or degrade over time, as well as Delicate beads which serve as both a design element and a way to make sure the piece is precisely the same width from end to end. You will love making this bangle as much as you will love wearing it or giving it to a lucky friend. The kit includes:-Two bangles in your choice of colors: in either silver, rose gold, gold. These bangles have a 2.5" diameter. This is a standard bangle size but will not fit over all hand sizes. Please measure your hand to make sure it will fit!-Five bobbins of 12-yards of hand-painted mulberry silk(colors will vary)-Three bobbins of 6-yards of hand-painted Gima silk(colors will vary)-2 grams of 11/0 Myuki Delica beads-1 beading needle-1 bent tip embroidery needle-1 bobbin of C-Lon thread-1 small tube of E6000 Glue This kit makes: Two bangles with lots of extra silk  What else you need to begin:  -An 8" or larger Classic Series Mirrix Loom with an 18 dent warp coil or any size Chloe Pocket Loom with 18 dent combs and a 14.5" threaded rod-A bead mat or piece of cloth for holdings beads-A measuring tape-A good pair of scissors (483 words) - ["Art Deco Squares" A Discontinuous Weft Bead Weaving Kit (Weave-Along – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/kits/products/art-deco-squares-a-discontinuous-weft-bead-weaving-kit-weave-along-38.html): "Art Deco Squares" A Discontinuous Weft Bead Weaving Kit was made as a part of Mirrix's 38th Weave-Along that took place in January of 2025. The project tutorial is now available for download for free here.  Take your approach to bead weaving to a new level. Employing discontinuous wefts as you do in tapestry weaving, , "Art Deco Squares" A Discontinuous Weft Bead Weaving Kit was made as a part of Mirrix's 38th Weave-Along that took place in January of 2025. The project tutorial is now available for download for free here.  Take your approach to bead weaving to a new level. Employing discontinuous wefts as you do in tapestry weaving, this technique opens up the possibility of designing on the go. By not having to string up an entire row of beads all at once, you can weave smaller sections which can be easily joined together. We think this method is much more interesting to tackle and opens you up to making some fun spontaneous choices. Once you learn this method you will not want go back. It will change the way you design bead pieces. You will be able to switch things up as you weave which is not normally the case with bead weaving. Come join us on this journey. This four by four inch project comprises fifteen of our favorite colors of Toho Treasure cylinder beads. The shapes are rectangles put together like a puzzle. We will provide the basic concept of the design and how to weave it but you get to change it up and place colors and shapes where you want. The goal of this project is to become comfortable with this new technique.  In this tutorial you will learn:-How to set-up and warp a Chloe Pocket Loom for bead weaving (We will also include links on how to set-up and warp a Classic Series Mirrix Loom, but will be demonstrating on a 5" Chloe Loom,)-How to weave beads using the discontinuous weft method -How to finish a beaded tapestry  The kit includes:-15 colors of 11/0 Toho Treasure Cylinder Beads (43.5 grams total) -C-lon beading thread size D-Color Eyes beading Needles, pack of 6-A piece of ultra-suede for finishing-A small tube of E6000 Glue-8 nano strips for hanging-A linen board for mounting This kit makes: One 4" x 4" square bead weaving (you will have plenty of beads left over)What else you need to begin:  -A 5" or 8" Chloe Pocket Loom with a 16 dent comb or any Classic Series Mirrix Loom (except for the 5” Mini Mirrix) 16” or smaller with a 16 dent warp coil-A good pair of scissors -A bead mat or soft cloth-A tape measure Recommended: A Bottom Spring Kit if using a Classic Series Mirrix Loom  Need a loom? The "Art Deco Squares" Loom Starter Package can be purchased here. (467 words) - [The "Some of Our Favorite Colors" Colonial Yarn Sampler Set – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/the-some-of-our-favorite-colors-colonial-yarn-sampler-set.html): This gorgeous Persian wool yarn sampler set is ready to be used to make a small tapestry. No need to worry about what colors to use, we guarantee these will look perfect together no matter how you combine them!  Comes with 10 8-yard bobbins of 3-Ply Persian wool yarn., This gorgeous Persian wool yarn sampler set is ready to be used to make a small tapestry. No need to worry about what colors to use, we guarantee these will look perfect together no matter how you combine them!  Comes with 10 8-yard bobbins of 3-Ply Persian wool yarn. (85 words) - [Chloe Loom Sett Combs – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/accessories/products/chloe-loom-sett-combs/index.html): Pairs of sett combs for The Chloe Pocket Loom. 5" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 seed beads)16 dent(recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -wider pieces)18 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -thinner pieces) 8" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 d, Pairs of sett combs for The Chloe Pocket Loom. 5" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 seed beads)16 dent(recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -wider pieces)18 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -thinner pieces) 8" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 seed beads)16 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -wider pieces)18 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -thinner pieces) 10" Combs8 dent10 dent12 dent 14 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 seed beads)16 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -wider pieces)18 dent (recommended for bead weaving with 11/0 Delica beads -thinner pieces) Note:  All sett combs are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change. (These powder coated combs will look slightly different than the photos shown here.) *Note: These combs are not meant to be used on the Saffron Pocket Loom. The wood beams on that loom cannot withstand screwing and unscrewing new combs. *Each item comes with two combs, one for the top and one for the bottom of the loom Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe Loom PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (593 words) - [Tall Edition 12” Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/tall-edition-12-loom/index.html): The Tall Edition 12" Loom is perfect for anyone who wants to weave a long piece on a small loom.  Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 9"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 12Weight: 4.6 lbs *Notes: The weaving lengths list, The Tall Edition 12" Loom is perfect for anyone who wants to weave a long piece on a small loom.  Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 9"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 12Weight: 4.6 lbs *Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:We mentioned to one of our favorite tapestry teachers that we were thinking of making a taller version of the 12" Little Guy Loom. Her reaction was: Yes! So we are. Even with the extra height, the taller 12" Loom is still very portable. This loom is only available with the shedding device.  Who Should Buy This Loom? Mirrix's Tall Edition Looms are perfect for anyone looking to make long tapestries or bead weavings.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple Included:With the Shedding Device Package: Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions With the Shedding Device + One Roll of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, one roll of 100 Texsolv heddles. You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need Additional Information:Positioning: Upright with two fold-out legs on a table or on The Mirrix Harvey Stand. Shedding Device: Yes. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device. Note: The shedding device doesn’t have to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to. Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles. There is also an option to purchase this loom with one roll of 100 Texsolv heddles. Heddles can be reused.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, the Extra Warping Bar Kit, The Mirrix Harvey Stand, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation.  Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (653 words) - [Current Shipping Times – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/current-shipping-times/index.html): Currently orders are shipping in around 3-4 business days with the exception of large orders (more than two looms and wholesale orders). If you have a question about delivery time or need an order delivered by a specific date, please contact us. Please note: Order times do vary depending on the exact order, so be aware (109 words) - [12" Little Guy Tapestry & Bead Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/12-little-guy-loom/index.html): The 12" Little Guy Loom is everything you might want in a lap loom for tapestry or bead weaving., The 12" Little Guy Loom is everything you might want in a lap loom. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 9"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 26" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 22" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 12Weight: 4.2 lbs with the shedding device, 3.6 lbs without the shedding device *Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The 12” Little Guy Loom is the perfect loom for anyone looking to make small fiber or bead tapestries or jewelry on a loom that travels well, stores easily and can be used on your lap or can stand upright on a table with its two fold-out legs.  Who Should Buy This Loom? The 12" Little Guy Loom is a favorite among weavers who want a loom small enough to fit in their lap, but with all the bells and whistles available. It's made for both tapestry and bead weaving, is available with and without a shedding device, and has two fold-out legs for those times when you want to weave with your loom on a table.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple Included:With the Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions Without the Shedding Device Package:One 14 dent warp coil (Note: this coil is perfect for weaving with 11/0 seed beads. For 11/0 Delica beads, you will want the 18 dent coil. This, and other warp coils, can be purchased separately), two wooden clips for warping, warping bar, coil bar and written instructions. With the Shedding Device + One Roll of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, one roll of 100 Texsolv heddles. You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need Additional Information:What can you weave on this loom? Beads, Fiber, Beads and Fiber  Positioning: Upright with two fold-out legs on a table or on The Mirrix Harvey Stand. Shedding Device: Optional. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device to determine if a loom with one would be a good fit for your weaving needs. Note: If you purchase this loom with a shedding device that doesn’t mean the shedding device has to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to.  Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles. There is also an option to purchase this loom with one roll of 100 Texsolv heddles. Heddles can be reused.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, The Extra Warping Bar Kit, Loom Extenders, The Mirrix Harvey Stand, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device (with loom extenders) Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving. If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation.  PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (815 words) - [Featured Starter Packages – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/featured-starter-packages/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (234 words) - [The 8" Chloe Pocket Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/the-8-chloe-pocket-loom/index.html): The Chloe Pocket Loom is a portable tapestry and bead loom that's perfect for beginners but designed for professionals., The Chloe Pocket Loom is a portable tapestry and bead loom that's perfect for beginners but designed for professionals.  To order: Select sett and whether or not you want wrenches in the three drop-down menus. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 8"Weaving Length: 8"Loom Width: 8.5"Weight: 1lb 5 oz Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind for both bead and tapestry weaving. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths (find the 5" Chloe Pocket Loom here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our Classic Series looms with combs available at six different setts that will allow you to weave at either 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 or 18 EPI. You can purchase additional sett combs for each loom which can be easily switched out. This loom is available with two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.  Who Should Buy This Loom? The Chloe Pocket Loom is a wonderful loom for those wanting to learn to weave tapestry or beads. It's small, easy to warp and simple to use, but is designed to make professional-quality pieces with the ability to adjust your tension as you weave and with sett combs that can be changed out for weaving with different bead sizes and yarn weights. This also makes it a great loom for more experienced weavers looking for a very portable loom for travel or sampling.  Included:One top and one bottom beam with metal combs at your chosen sett, one threaded rod for an 8" weaving length, two wing-nuts, two double washers, one hex nut, one regular washer, one cap nut, one plastic cap and written instructions. Note: All Chloe combs have changed slightly. They are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change.Optional: Two small wrenches for tightening the loom. We recommend these, but if you have already have two wrenches you'd like to use or are purchasing multiple Chloe Looms, you may not want them.  Additional Information:What can you weave on this loom? Fiber or beads Positioning: Horizontal on a lap or table or upright with The Chloe Loom Stand. Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving. Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (799 words) - [Handy Tape II – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/weaving-accessories/products/handy-tape-ii/index.html): This self-adhesive measuring tape is repositionable so you can stick and unstick it to surfaces multiple times. We think it's perfect for putting on the top and bottom beams of your loom to help ensure your edges are even and your sett is correct! It's also great for sticking on your work surface for easy measuring. Me, This self-adhesive measuring tape is repositionable so you can stick and unstick it to surfaces multiple times. We think it's perfect for putting on the top and bottom beams of your loom to help ensure your edges are even and your sett is correct! It's also great for sticking on your work surface for easy measuring. Measures in inches & centimeters 25 foot length with 12 in/30 cm repeat  PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (189 words) - [8" Lani Tapestry & Bead Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/8-lani-loom/index.html): The 8" Lani Loom was made with jewelry-making in mind, but serves just as well in its role as a tapestry loom., The 8" Lani Loom was made with jewelry-making in mind, but serves just as well in its role as a tapestry loom.  Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 5Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 26" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 22" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 8Weight: 3.6 lbs with the shedding device, 3.0 lbs without the shedding device *Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The 8” Lani Loom is a wonderful bead or tapestry loom for anyone who prefers smaller projects and serious portability. This loom can stand on a table with her one long fold-out leg and will also fit comfortably on your lap.  Who Should Buy This Loom? The 8" Lani Loom was designed as a bead loom, first, and is perfect for bracelet and necklace making, but it's also a great small loom for little tapestries. This loom can be used by beginners and experts alike.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple. Included:With the Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions. Without the Shedding Device Package:One 14 dent coil (Note: this coil is perfect for weaving with 11/0 seed beads. For 11/0 Delica beads, you will want the 18 dent coil. This, and other warp coils, can be purchased separately), two wooden clips, warping bar, warp coil/spring bar, written instructions. With the Shedding Device + One Roll of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, one roll of 100 Texsolv heddles. You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need Additional Information:Positioning: Upright with one fold-out leg on a table or horizontal on a lap or table Shedding Device: Optional. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device to determine if a loom with one would be a good fit for your weaving needs. Note: If you purchase this loom with a shedding device that doesn’t mean the shedding device has to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to. Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles. There is also an option to purchase this loom with one roll of 100 Texsolv heddles. Heddles can be reused.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, The Extra Warping Bar Kit, Loom Extenders, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device (with loom extenders) Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation.  PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (769 words) - [16" Big Sister Tapestry & Bead Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/all/products/16-big-sister-loom/index.html): The 16″ Big Sister Loom is the most popular Mirrix Loom. Mid-size and still portable, the Big Sister Loom is great for bead or tapestry weavers., The 16" Big Sister Loom strikes the perfect balance between functionality and portability. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 13"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 16Weight: 5.4 lbs with the shedding device, 4.6 lbs without the shedding device*Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The 16″ Big Sister Loom is the most popular loom in the Mirrix collection. It strikes the perfect balance between portability and functionality and fits perfectly in a studio, living room or even a suitcase. If you’re looking for a compact loom with big possibilities, this might just be the loom for you! Who Should Buy This Loom? The 16" Big Sister Loom is our most popular loom for a reason. It's a manageable size even for beginners, makes a fairly large weaving (or more than one smaller one) and can be thrown in a tote bag for travel or under a bed for storage.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple Included:With the Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions Without the Shedding Device Package:One 14 dent warp coil (Note: this coil is perfect for weaving with 11/0 seed beads. For 11/0 Delica beads, you will want the 18 dent coil. This, and other warp coils, can be purchased separately), two wooden clips for warping, warping bar, coil bar and written instructions With the Shedding Device + Two Rolls of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (200 total heddles). You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need Additional Information:Positioning: Upright with two fold-out legs on a table or on The Mirrix Harvey Stand. Shedding Device: Optional. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device to determine if a loom with one would be a good fit for your weaving needs. Note: If you purchase this loom with a shedding device that doesn’t mean the shedding device has to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to.  Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles. There is also an option to purchase this loom with two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (200 total heddles). Heddles can be reused.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, the Extra Warping Bar Kit, Loom Extenders, The Mirrix Harvey Stand, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device (with loom extenders) Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation.  Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (793 words) - [Bumpers for the Chloe set of 4 – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/accessories/products/back-bumpers/index.html): Put these four rubber bumpers near the four corners of the back of the Chloe loom. They serve two purposes: to give you a nice cushion that grabs the table if you lay your loom on the table and to allow you to lean just the top of the loom on a table.  Set of four PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to, Put these four rubber bumpers near the four corners of the back of the Chloe loom. They serve two purposes: to give you a nice cushion that grabs the table if you lay your loom on the table and to allow you to lean just the top of the loom on a table.  Set of four PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (180 words) - [The No Warp-Ends Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/accessories/products/the-no-warp-ends-kit/index.html): The No Warp-Ends Kit eliminates the need to weave-in warp ends when bead weaving. It can only be used without the shedding device. It is perfect for use with any kind of warp material including wire. Set up with the No Warp-Ends Kit is very easy and once you have it in place, you can weave as many pieces as you want (a, The No Warp-Ends Kit eliminates the need to weave-in warp ends when bead weaving. It can only be used without the shedding device. It is perfect for use with any kind of warp material including wire. Set up with the No Warp-Ends Kit is very easy and once you have it in place, you can weave as many pieces as you want (as long as they are the same size) using the same set-up.  Kit Includes: Two stainless steel metal bars, three yards of Texsolv cord, S-hooks (see number of S-hooks for each kit below) and instructions . S-hooks Included for Each Loom Size:For the 8" Lani Loom: 20 S-hooks. With these you can make a piece 19 warps (18 beads) across.For the 12" Little Guy Loom: 30 S-hooks. With these you can make a piece 29 warps (28 beads) across.For the 16" Big Sister Loom: 40 S-hooks. With these you can make a piece 39 warps (38 beads) across. Extra S-hooks can be purchased here. Note: You can purchase the 16" No Warp-Ends Kit for the 19", 22″, 28″, 32″ and 38" Looms, but you will need to purchase additional cord. You will also need additional cord for looms with loom extenders. See a video on weaving with the No Warp-Ends Kit here PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (384 words) - [9 Simple Ways to Elevate Your Weaving Setup by Yuliya Klochan – Mirrix Looms](/content/blogs/mirrix-blog/9-simple-ways-to-elevate-your-weaving-setup-by-yuliya-klochan.html): This is a post by one of Mirrix's 2026 Brand Ambassadors, Yuliya Klochan. Follow Yuliya  on Instagram @yuliyaklochan here. Over three years of loom weaving, I’ve accumulated a collection of items that have greatly enhanced my quality-of-beading-life. Even something as small as a tabletop trash can be life-changing for (802 words) - [Swing-Out Loom Treasure Tray – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/accessories/products/loom-side-tray/index.html): One of the joys of a Mirrix Loom is its portability. Even our largest looms are small enough to be moved from room to room and our smaller looms are perfect for on-the-go weaving. Now, you can make your weaving setup even more portable with our Swing-Out Loom Treasure Trays. These trays attach to the threaded rod on ei, One of the joys of a Mirrix Loom is its portability. Even our largest looms are small enough to be moved from room to room and our smaller looms are perfect for on-the-go weaving. Now, you can make your weaving setup even more portable with our Swing-Out Loom Treasure Trays. These trays attach to the threaded rod on either side of a Classic Series Mirrix Loom and are perfect for holding bobbins, yarn, beads, scissors, needles or anything else you want to keep close by.  Select which side you want to your tray for (left or right) or save $2 by purchasing both sides.Included:-Plastic Tray-2 plastic washers-2 hex nuts Size:  6" x  4" x 1" (162 words) - [16" Big Sister Tapestry & Bead Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/16-big-sister-loom/index.html): The 16″ Big Sister Loom is the most popular Mirrix Loom. Mid-size and still portable, the Big Sister Loom is great for bead or tapestry weavers., The 16" Big Sister Loom strikes the perfect balance between functionality and portability. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 13"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 16Weight: 5.4 lbs with the shedding device, 4.6 lbs without the shedding device*Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The 16″ Big Sister Loom is the most popular loom in the Mirrix collection. It strikes the perfect balance between portability and functionality and fits perfectly in a studio, living room or even a suitcase. If you’re looking for a compact loom with big possibilities, this might just be the loom for you! Who Should Buy This Loom? The 16" Big Sister Loom is our most popular loom for a reason. It's a manageable size even for beginners, makes a fairly large weaving (or more than one smaller one) and can be thrown in a tote bag for travel or under a bed for storage.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple Included:With the Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions Without the Shedding Device Package:One 14 dent warp coil (Note: this coil is perfect for weaving with 11/0 seed beads. For 11/0 Delica beads, you will want the 18 dent coil. This, and other warp coils, can be purchased separately), two wooden clips for warping, warping bar, coil bar and written instructions With the Shedding Device + Two Rolls of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (200 total heddles). You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need Additional Information:Positioning: Upright with two fold-out legs on a table or on The Mirrix Harvey Stand. Shedding Device: Optional. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device to determine if a loom with one would be a good fit for your weaving needs. Note: If you purchase this loom with a shedding device that doesn’t mean the shedding device has to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to.  Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles. There is also an option to purchase this loom with two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (200 total heddles). Heddles can be reused.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, the Extra Warping Bar Kit, Loom Extenders, The Mirrix Harvey Stand, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device (with loom extenders) Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation.  Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (793 words) - [Bockens Seine Twine Bobbins – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads-fiber/products/bockens-seine-twine-bobbins/index.html):   100-yard bobbin of Bockens Seine Twine. Seine Twine is made from long-staple, very high quality cotton (it was originally used to make nets so it had to be strong) and is basically unbreakable.  12/6 Bockens Seine Twine will accommodate 5 to 16 ends per inch. 12/9 Bockens Seine Twine will accommodate 6 to 12 ends per,   100-yard bobbin of Bockens Seine Twine. Seine Twine is made from long-staple, very high quality cotton (it was originally used to make nets so it had to be strong) and is basically unbreakable.  12/6 Bockens Seine Twine will accommodate 5 to 16 ends per inch. 12/9 Bockens Seine Twine will accommodate 6 to 12 ends per inch.12/12 Bockens Seine Twine will accommodate 7 to 8 ends per inch. Color: Unbleached or BlackAmount: 100 yards (137 words) - [The Yuliya Klochan Cracked Earrings Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/kits/products/cracked-earrings-pdf/index.html): This kit was designed by Yuliya Klochan, one of Mirrix's 2026 brand ambassadors! Yuliya will receive a portion of the sale of this kit. "Yuliya Klochan is a Ukrainian-born artist based in Chicago. She designs modern beadwork using traditional Ukrainian loom weaving. Yuliya strives to create works that center social jus, This kit was designed by Yuliya Klochan, one of Mirrix's 2026 brand ambassadors! Yuliya will receive a portion of the sale of this kit. "Yuliya Klochan is a Ukrainian-born artist based in Chicago. She designs modern beadwork using traditional Ukrainian loom weaving. Yuliya strives to create works that center social justice and inclusivity—and tell a story with each image. For materials, Yuliya sources the rare “perfect cylinder” Toho Aiko beads, woven together with strong fishing line. The beads come in iridescent, metallic, matte, frosted, luster, and more finishes. Up to 15,000 of them per piece create unique textures and gleams. If you're in Chicago, you can check out Yuliya's beading at local galleries (listed on her website and Instagram)." The kit includes:-1 roll of Fireline 6lb thread-5 grams of black 11/0 beads- 1 gram of gold 11/0 beads-2 gold-colored earring hooks-Kit instructions including instructional .PDF, brief video introduction and full-color digital bead patternThe kit instructions will be sent by email once the package is sent. You can find the Loom Starter Package sold separately here. (213 words) - [Gima Silk Tape Individual Hand-Painted Bobbins: Color Four – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/gima-silk-tape/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-gima-silk-tape-color-four.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place.This rare and gorgeous Gima silk tape (also known as Straw Silk) is composed of seven strands of mulberry silk combined to create a flat ribbon-like structure. We imported this silk from a factory in Japan that produces it. Gima means “like linen,” called so because this striking yarn has the crisp feel of linen. As you use it, it softens up slightly but always retains a nice body. It takes dye beautifully and is an absolute pleasure with which to weave. We have used it for: weaving, embroidery, needlepoint (14 or 18 mesh canvas), kumohimo, crochet and knitting.All dye lots are limited to a maximum of 45 bobbins. Although we do not exactly repeat dye lots, we do try to recreate our fan favorites. If you are planning to need a certain number of bobbins to finish a piece, we suggest purchasing what you need up front because eventually any given color way will run out.Each Gima Silk Bobbin holds 12 yards of silk   (301 words) - [Faro Bobbins – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/wool-warp/products/individual-faro-bobbins/index.html): Faro is a beautiful 6/1 wool yarn produced by Glimakra of Sweden that is perfect for tapestry weaving. This yarn is fine but strong, which makes it great for combining strands together to get wonderful color blends. Because tapestry often requires a relatively small amount of many different colors, we've chosen 55 colo, Faro is a beautiful 6/1 wool yarn produced by Glimakra of Sweden that is perfect for tapestry weaving. This yarn is fine but strong, which makes it great for combining strands together to get wonderful color blends. Because tapestry often requires a relatively small amount of many different colors, we've chosen 55 colors of Faro and wound smaller amounts (12-yards) onto bobbins that can be purchased individually here.We also have the Original Faro Bobbin collection and the Supplementary Faro Bobbin collection available here.100% wool. 12-yard bobbins. (868 words) - [C-Lon Fine Weight Beading Cord-half bobbin – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads/products/c-lon-fine-weight-beading-cord-half-bobbin/index.html): Don’t feel like you need a full bobbin of C-Lon Fine Weight Bead Cord? Or you just want to give it a try but not spend too much? This is your perfect choice. Half the size and less than half the cost. It works for both tapestry and beads and a combination of the two. We use it for a bunch of our kits because we love it, Don’t feel like you need a full bobbin of C-Lon Fine Weight Bead Cord? Or you just want to give it a try but not spend too much? This is your perfect choice. Half the size and less than half the cost. It works for both tapestry and beads and a combination of the two. We use it for a bunch of our kits because we love it so much. You will too. 119 yards (107 words) - [Tall Edition 16” Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/looms/products/the-16-big-sister-loom-tall-edition/index.html): The Tall Edition 16" Loom is perfect for anyone who wants to weave a long piece on a small loom.  Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 13"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 51" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 47" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 16Weight: 6 lbs *Notes: The weaving lengths liste, The Tall Edition 16" Loom is perfect for anyone who wants to weave a long piece on a small loom.  Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 13"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 51" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 47" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 16Weight: 6 lbs *Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:Recently a customer asked us if we could make for her a tall version of the 16" Big Sister Loom. We thought: "Why not?" and made her one. She loves it and we couldn't stop thinking about it. It checks a lot of boxes for anyone who prefers to weave thinner and longer pieces and wants their loom to be as portable as possible. The loom is as thin as a 16" Loom but as tall as a 22". It is the perfect loom for table runners, small rugs, belts, guitar straps and more!  Who Should Buy This Loom? Mirrix's Tall Edition Looms are perfect for anyone looking to make long tapestries or bead weavings.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple Included:With the Shedding Device Package: Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions With the Shedding Device + Two Rolls of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (for a total of 200 heddles.) You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need Additional Information:Positioning: Upright with two fold-out legs on a table or on The Mirrix Harvey Stand. Shedding Device: Yes. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device. Note: The shedding device doesn’t have to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to. Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles. There is also an option to purchase this loom with two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles. Heddles can be reused.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, the Extra Warping Bar Kit, The Mirrix Harvey Stand, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation.  Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving. When warping, we recommend making sure you have 6" of threaded rod covered like for the 22" loom and larger rather than 4" like for the regular 16" loom. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (729 words) - [Gima Silk Tape Individual Hand-Painted Bobbins: Color Two – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/gima-silk-tape/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-gima-silk-tape-color-two.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place.This rare and gorgeous Gima silk tape (also known as Straw Silk) is composed of seven strands of mulberry silk combined to create a flat ribbon-like structure. We imported this silk from a factory in Japan that produces it. Gima means “like linen,” called so because this striking yarn has the crisp feel of linen. As you use it, it softens up slightly but always retains a nice body. It takes dye beautifully and is an absolute pleasure with which to weave. We have used it for: weaving, embroidery, needlepoint (14 or 18 mesh canvas), kumohimo, crochet and knitting.All dye lots are limited to a maximum of 45 bobbins. Although we do not exactly repeat dye lots, we do try to recreate our fan favorites. If you are planning to need a certain number of bobbins to finish a piece, we suggest purchasing what you need up front because eventually any given color way will run out.Each Gima Silk Bobbin holds 12 yards of silk   (301 words) - [Bead & Crystal Soup Mixes – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads/products/bead-crystal-mix/index.html): Fun bead mixes for any project! 30 grams of 11/0 Mirrix Blend Bead Soup, 30 grams of 8/0 Mirrix Blend Bead Soup and 10 grams of Fire Polished Crystal Soup. Colors vary PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may ha, Fun bead mixes for any project! 30 grams of 11/0 Mirrix Blend Bead Soup, 30 grams of 8/0 Mirrix Blend Bead Soup and 10 grams of Fire Polished Crystal Soup. Colors vary PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (154 words) - [Gima Silk Tape Individual Hand-Painted Bobbins: Color Seven – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/gima-silk-tape/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-gima-silk-tape-color-seven.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place.This rare and gorgeous Gima silk tape (also known as Straw Silk) is composed of seven strands of mulberry silk combined to create a flat ribbon-like structure. We imported this silk from a factory in Japan that produces it. Gima means “like linen,” called so because this striking yarn has the crisp feel of linen. As you use it, it softens up slightly but always retains a nice body. It takes dye beautifully and is an absolute pleasure with which to weave. We have used it for: weaving, embroidery, needlepoint (14 or 18 mesh canvas), kumohimo, crochet and knitting.All dye lots are limited to a maximum of 45 bobbins. Although we do not exactly repeat dye lots, we do try to recreate our fan favorites. If you are planning to need a certain number of bobbins to finish a piece, we suggest purchasing what you need up front because eventually any given color way will run out.Each Gima Silk Bobbin holds 12 yards of silk   (301 words) - [Gima Silk Tape Individual Hand-Painted Bobbins: Color One – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/gima-silk-tape/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-gima-silk-color-one.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place.This rare and gorgeous Gima silk tape (also known as Straw Silk) is composed of seven strands of mulberry silk combined to create a flat ribbon-like structure. We imported this silk from a factory in Japan that produces it. Gima means “like linen,” called so because this striking yarn has the crisp feel of linen. As you use it, it softens up slightly but always retains a nice body. It takes dye beautifully and is an absolute pleasure with which to weave. We have used it for: weaving, embroidery, needlepoint (14 or 18 mesh canvas), kumohimo, crochet and knitting.All dye lots are limited to a maximum of 45 bobbins. Although we do not exactly repeat dye lots, we do try to recreate our fan favorites. If you are planning to need a certain number of bobbins to finish a piece, we suggest purchasing what you need up front because eventually any given color way will run out.Each Gima Silk Bobbin holds 12 yards of silk   (301 words) - [The Mirrix Team – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/the-mirrix-team/index.html): Claudia: President and CEO  A tapestry weaver for over 35 years, Claudia started Mirrix Looms in the mid-90s as part of her own search for the perfect portable loom. A few years after Mirrix’s inception, Claudia took up bead weaving and realized that her looms worked brilliantly for weaving beads. It was not long after (109 words) - [Gima Silk Tape Individual Hand-Painted Bobbins: Color Six – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/gima-silk-tape/products/individual-bobbins-of-hand-painted-gima-silk-tape-color-six.html): A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will no, A decade ago Claudia Chase, Mirrix’s founder, decided to learn how to paint silk. Little did she know the epic journey that would take her on. Since then she has painted kilos and kilos of silk. She has modified her methods over time and upgraded her tools to make the silk painting dance seamless. One thing you will notice with this hand-painted silk is that the rich dye completely covers the silk. The hand-painted nature means that even bobbins from the same skein will not be identical. They will contain the same colors, just not always in the same place.This rare and gorgeous Gima silk tape (also known as Straw Silk) is composed of seven strands of mulberry silk combined to create a flat ribbon-like structure. We imported this silk from a factory in Japan that produces it. Gima means “like linen,” called so because this striking yarn has the crisp feel of linen. As you use it, it softens up slightly but always retains a nice body. It takes dye beautifully and is an absolute pleasure with which to weave. We have used it for: weaving, embroidery, needlepoint (14 or 18 mesh canvas), kumohimo, crochet and knitting.All dye lots are limited to a maximum of 45 bobbins. Although we do not exactly repeat dye lots, we do try to recreate our fan favorites. If you are planning to need a certain number of bobbins to finish a piece, we suggest purchasing what you need up front because eventually any given color way will run out.Each Gima Silk Bobbin holds 12 yards of silk. (301 words) - [The Ellen Purse Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/wool-warp/products/the-ellen-purse-kit-weave-along-34/index.html): This kit was originally created for our 34th weave-along.  A handwoven purse is the ultimate accessory for anyone who loves functional art. This kit makes a stunning 6.5" x 6.5” woven purse made of Brown Sheep wool, lined with cotton fabric and finished with a colorful rope strap.  This purse was named after the best b, This kit was originally created for our 34th weave-along.  A handwoven purse is the ultimate accessory for anyone who loves functional art. This kit makes a stunning 6.5" x 6.5” woven purse made of Brown Sheep wool, lined with cotton fabric and finished with a colorful rope strap.  This purse was named after the best belle-mère there ever was, Ellen Chase.  The tutorial for this project will teach you:-How to set-up and warp a Mirrix Loom-Tapestry techniques: Weaving in opposite directions, sumac, eccentric wefts, shapes -How to finish a purse including lining and making a rope The kit includes:-Five one-ounce balls of Brown Sheep yarn in five colors 
(choose one of two colorways, spring or winter) (Pictured in spring.) -100 yards of 12/6 Seine Twine warp -Cotton fabric for lining the purse (color/pattern may vary) -Downloadable instructions will be sent at the time of shipment. This kit makes:A lined woven purse with a rope strap  What else you need to begin: -A Mirrix Loom 12” through 38” (with an 8 dent warp coil) or an 8" Chloe Pocket Loom with an 8 dent comb and an extended rod-A good pair of scissors and a measuring tape -A sewing needle and thread for finishing-Heddles can be purchased separately if you plan to use the shedding device on a loom that has one (optional for this project.) The tutorial demonstrates weaving on a loom with the shedding device on it. (280 words) - [The Shasta Combs – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/all/products/the-shasta-combs/index.html): The Shasta Combs were developed with four goals in mind for Classic Series Mirrix Loom users: To offer a simple and easy warping option; to allow for shorter pieces to be woven without wasting warp; to create one layer of warp instead of two; to allow for four-selvedge warping.  These combs essentially turn a Mirrix Lo, The Shasta Combs were developed with four goals in mind for Classic Series Mirrix Loom users: To offer a simple and easy warping option; to allow for shorter pieces to be woven without wasting warp; to create one layer of warp instead of two; to allow for four-selvedge warping.  These combs essentially turn a Mirrix Loom into a simple frame loom (read: very simple to use) but with the amazing Mirrix tensioning system and the ability to use the Mirrix shedding device. The combs are not meant to replace our current warping system, which offers the advantage of putting on a warp that is longer than the loom itself as well as a variety of warp setts, but to provide an additional warping method that is very fast and simple. The Shasta Combs can also allow one to weave a tapestry/fiber or bead piece (of limited lengths) with no warp-ends to finish.The Shasta Combs for the 12", 16", 19" and 22" looms are made of powder-coated aluminum with slightly angled tines. The 5" and 8" Shasta Combs are made of aluminum that is not powder-coated and without angled tines. Shasta Combs have three sides so that they clamp right on to the top and bottom beams of the loom, making them easy to put on and take off without having to permanently change anything about the loom.These combs are available in warp sett of 8, 10, 12, and 14 ends per inch. However, if you use them with a top and bottom warp coil you can get whatever sett the warp coils are. This method of combining the combs with the warp coils allows you to use them with most bead sizes as well as different setts for tapestry/fiber weaving. You can find Shasta Combs for our double beamed Classic Series Looms here.Why Combs?-Easy and fast warping -Saves warp-Creates one layer of warp instead of two -Gives you the option of not having to finish your warp-ends (The size of pieces made with this method are limited by the size of your loom and the height each loom can be adjusted to, as the top and bottom of weavings made with this method will be at the top and bottom of your loom.)Who Might Want Combs?-Tapestry/fiber weavers and bead weavers (Note: Bead weavers will want to use this accessory with a Bottom Spring Kit.) -Beginning weavers who want the option of a simple method of warping-Weavers who want to weave pieces without warp ends to finish (See note above about size limitations.) -Those looking for a fast, easy way to warp for samples or other quick pieces How to Warp With Combs:Warping consists of tying to a tooth on one comb and zig-zagging back and forth through the teeth. There are three slightly different methods of doing this depending on if you want warp ends or not or want to use springs in combination with the combs.  Click here for instructions on warping using the Shasta Combs Interested in the combs for weaving without warp ends? Not sure if a No Warp-Ends Kit or Shasta Combs are a better fit for your needs? Read this blog post first!What You Get:A set of TWO aluminum combs (one for the top and one for the bottom of your loom.)Comb Length5” Mini Mirrix: 2 3/8” long. 8” Lani Loom: 5 1/4” long. 12” Little Guy Loom: 9 1/4” long. 16” Big Sister Loom: 13 1/4” long. 22" Zach Loom: 19 1/4" long.  Not recommended for use with the Spencer Power Treadle PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misus (1,011 words) - [Gold Thread (on a Bobbin) – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads/products/gold-thread-on-a-bobbin/index.html): The core of this thread is silk fused with real gold., The core of this thread is silk fused with real gold. Each ply is comparable in thickness to Coats & Clark's cotton/poly sewing machine thread. These were purchased these from a very reputable weaving house in Kyoto that has been out of business since the 70s. Once this inventory is gone, it is gone. This is quite possibly the last real gold fused thread you will find. This gorgeous gold thread is perfect for weaving, kumihimo, embroidery and any other craft that needs a kick of beautiful gold! These gold thread bobbins come in two size bobbins, 25 yards or 75 yards  (150 words) - [Black C-Lon Beading Thread (size D) – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads/products/black-c-lon-beading-thread-size-d/index.html): One bobbin of C-Lon Size D Beading Thread in black (78 yards). , One bobbin of C-Lon Size D Beading Thread in black (78 yards).  (44 words) - [The 5" Chloe Pocket Loom: – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/the-chloe-loom/index.html): The Chloe Pocket Loom is a portable tapestry and bead loom that's perfect for beginners but designed for professionals., The Chloe Pocket Loom is a portable tapestry and bead loom that's perfect for beginners but designed for professionals.  To order: Select sett and whether or not you want wrenches in the three drop-down menus. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 5"Weaving Length: 8"Loom Width: 5.5"Weight: 15 oz   Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind for both bead and tapestry weaving. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths (find the 8" Chloe Pocket Loom here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our Classic Series looms with combs available at six different setts that will allow you to weave at either 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 or 18 EPI. You can purchase additional sett combs for each loom which can be easily switched out. This loom is available with two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.  Who Should Buy This Loom? The Chloe Pocket Loom is a wonderful loom for those wanting to learn to weave tapestry or beads. It's small, easy to warp and simple to use, but is designed to make professional-quality pieces with the ability to adjust your tension as you weave and with sett combs that can be changed out for weaving with different bead sizes and yarn weights. This also makes it a great loom for more experienced weavers looking for a very portable loom for travel or sampling.  Included:One top and one bottom beam with metal combs at your chosen sett, one threaded rod for an 8" weaving length, two wing-nuts, two double washers, one hex nut, one regular washer, one cap nut, one plastic cap and written instructions. Note: All Chloe combs have changed slightly. They are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change.Optional: Two small wrenches for tightening the loom. We recommend these, but if you have already have two wrenches you'd like to use or are purchasing multiple Chloe Looms, you may not want them.  Additional Information:What can you weave on this loom? Fiber or beads Positioning: Horizontal on a lap or table or upright with The Chloe Loom Stand. Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving. Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (799 words) - [Tulip Beading Needles – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/tulip-bead-weaving-needles/index.html): These specially designed needles for beadwork are flexible and springy, the eye is easy to thread and the tip is rounded slightly., Tulip is known for their fine quality quilt needles. Their specially designed needles for beadwork are flexible and springy, the eye is easy to thread and the tip is rounded slightly to slide easily into beads while preventing splitting the thread. You will love them for loom work both with and without the shedding device. Don't lose your needles because they are intended to last a long time. 3.5" lon PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (190 words) - [Stay Home and Weave Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/wool-warp/products/stay-home-and-weave-weave-along-kit-1/index.html):   Interested in learning how to weave tapestry? This kit, based on our 30th weave-along, is designed to teach you the basics of tapestry weaving. This kit comes with:-10 cards of Colonial Yarn (Yarn colors pictured: the "Some of Our Favorite Colors" Colonial Yarn Sampler Set)-Bobbin of 12/6 Seine Twine-One bamboo tapes,   Interested in learning how to weave tapestry? This kit, based on our 30th weave-along, is designed to teach you the basics of tapestry weaving. This kit comes with:-10 cards of Colonial Yarn (Yarn colors pictured: the "Some of Our Favorite Colors" Colonial Yarn Sampler Set)-Bobbin of 12/6 Seine Twine-One bamboo tapestry needle-Downloadable instructions will be sent at time of shipment. This kit comes with the yarn colors pictured. You will make a tapestry similar to the one shown (the colors are different and the exact pattern is up to you).More information about the tutorial: The tutorial will teach students how to use specific tapestry techniques to weave a tapestry similar to (but not exactly the same as) the one pictured. We will focus on weaving on the Saffron Pocket Loom, but you can use any loom for this project. (A Chloe Pocket Loom will work great!) Students will learn:-How to set-up and warp a Saffron Pocket Loom-The following tapestry techniques: pick and pick, slit tapestry, weaving in opposite directions, and Soumack knotting. -How to weave from the bottom up and top down to achieve an easy-to-finish piece-How to finish the tapestry  Need a loom? Click here to purchase the The Stay Home and Weave Saffron Loom Starter Package.  (247 words) - [Fire Polished Crystal Soup – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads/products/fire-polished-crystal-soup/index.html): 4mm round fire polished crystals in a variety of colors and finishes. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be , 4mm round fire polished crystals in a variety of colors and finishes. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (146 words) - [The Martha Table Runner Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/wool-warp/products/the-martha-table-runner-kit-weave-along-35/index.html): This kit was originally created for our 35th weave-along.  The Martha Table Runner is the perfect project for anyone looking to hone their foundational tapestry skills. Stripes may look simple, but they are not as easy as they look! You’ll learn techniques to perfect your use of weft tension, which can fix common tapes, This kit was originally created for our 35th weave-along.  The Martha Table Runner is the perfect project for anyone looking to hone their foundational tapestry skills. Stripes may look simple, but they are not as easy as they look! You’ll learn techniques to perfect your use of weft tension, which can fix common tapestry issues such as pulling-in and the sett becoming uneven as you weave. Mastering this project gives you a great technical foundation for tapestry weaving and produces a gorgeous piece of useable art. For this piece we have engaged the Fibonacci series which is a numerical depiction of patterns that occur in nature. We split the series up with some rectangles for which we will be using the weft interlock technique. Our sample is 14 inches long and 10 inches wide. But with the pattern we will provide, you will be able to make yours at least 24 inches long. This table runner was named in memory of Martha (Beck) Parker (1926 - 2022) a daughter of immigrant parents from Ukraine and Poland. She was a student, teacher, therapist, activist, environmentalist and life-long learner. She was also a loving mother, grandmother and great-grandmother, sister, cousin, and friend to many, two-legged and four-legged. The tutorial for this project will teach you:-How to set-up and warp a Mirrix Loom-Tapestry techniques: Weaving straight lines, weft interlock-How to finish a table runner The kit includes:-Ten one-ounce balls of Brown Sheep yarn in five colors (choose one of two colorways, spring or winter) (Pictured in winter.) -Two 100-yard bobbins of 12/6 Seine Twine warp *If you have a 28", 32" or 38" Loom we recommend purchase one extra bobbin of 12/6 Seine Twine warp -A tapestry needle -Access to Weave-Along 35 (includes a digital pattern) Downloadable instructions will be sent at the time of shipment.   This kit makes:A table runner 10" x 14" (with the option to make it up to 24" long) What do you need to begin: -A Mirrix Loom 16” or larger (contact us if you are planning to weave this on a 48” Loom) You can weave this on an extended shed loom (and will then want extended shed heddles) or a regular shed loom. (Loom needs an 8 dent warp coil.)-A Martha Table Runner Kit-A good pair of scissors and a measuring tape -A sewing needle and thread for finishing-Heddles can be purchased separately if you plan to use the shedding device on a loom that has one (optional for this project). We will be demonstrating weaving on a loom with a shedding device on it. -A beater (or fork)-A shuttle (optional) PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (572 words) - [Sari Silk Variety Packs – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/wool-warp/products/sari-silk-variety-pack/index.html): This Sari Silk comes in two color ways each with different yardage. The Green group comes in 8 two yard strands. It has strands of purple, green, blue and yellow.  The Pink group comes in 7 two yard stands  in beautiful shades of pink with a touch of purple and brown. Saris are stripped into pieces 1/2 to 1 inch wide a, This Sari Silk comes in two color ways each with different yardage. The Green group comes in 8 two yard strands. It has strands of purple, green, blue and yellow.  The Pink group comes in 7 two yard stands  in beautiful shades of pink with a touch of purple and brown. Saris are stripped into pieces 1/2 to 1 inch wide and then sorted into color families/and or dyed.  They can be made thinner by stripping in half or used as is. We've used them for Soumak knotting to make all sorts of wonderful purses and cases, as well as for regular rag weaving to make runners and small rugs. *Please note the colors of this silk may run if washed.  (171 words) - [Sari Silk Variety Packs – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads/products/sari-silk-variety-pack/index.html): This Sari Silk comes in two color ways each with different yardage. The Green group comes in 8 two yard strands. It has strands of purple, green, blue and yellow.  The Pink group comes in 7 two yard stands  in beautiful shades of pink with a touch of purple and brown. Saris are stripped into pieces 1/2 to 1 inch wide a, This Sari Silk comes in two color ways each with different yardage. The Green group comes in 8 two yard strands. It has strands of purple, green, blue and yellow.  The Pink group comes in 7 two yard stands  in beautiful shades of pink with a touch of purple and brown. Saris are stripped into pieces 1/2 to 1 inch wide and then sorted into color families/and or dyed.  They can be made thinner by stripping in half or used as is. We've used them for Soumak knotting to make all sorts of wonderful purses and cases, as well as for regular rag weaving to make runners and small rugs. *Please note the colors of this silk may run if washed.  (171 words) - [Colonial Tapestry Needles – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/weaving-accessories/products/colonial-tapestry-needles/index.html): Colonial Tapestry Needles: size 22, 1.5" long, 6 needles per pack. This is a great size needle for smaller yarns. It will work for tapestry, needlepoint on a fourteen or eighteen count needlepoint canvas, embroidery or any fiber work that requires a smaller tapestry needle PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are enco, Colonial Tapestry Needles: size 22, 1.5" long, 6 needles per pack. This is a great size needle for smaller yarns. It will work for tapestry, needlepoint on a fourteen or eighteen count needlepoint canvas, embroidery or any fiber work that requires a smaller tapestry needle PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (165 words) - [Schacht Duet Tapestry Beater – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/weaving-accessories/products/schacht-duet-tapestry-beater/index.html): This gorgeous Duet tapestry beater by Schacht comes with interchangeable metal combs set at 8 ends per inch and 12 ends per inch.  A beater is a tool used to pack down the weft in tapestry weaving. This can be done across an entire row or in small areas. This beater can be used with our Pocket Series or Classic Series , This gorgeous Duet tapestry beater by Schacht comes with interchangeable metal combs set at 8 ends per inch and 12 ends per inch.  A beater is a tool used to pack down the weft in tapestry weaving. This can be done across an entire row or in small areas. This beater can be used with our Pocket Series or Classic Series Looms.  To change combs, just loosen the screw in the handle, swap out the comb, and then retighten the screw. (111 words) - [Straight Bamboo Tapestry Needles (set of three) – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/weaving-accessories/products/straight-bamboo-tapestry-needles-set-of-three/index.html): Three large eye, straight tip bamboo needles for tapestry.   Sizes: 3 1/2 inch, 4 inch, 5 1/4 inch.    , Three large eye, straight tip bamboo needles for tapestry.   Sizes: 3 1/2 inch, 4 inch, 5 1/4 inch.     (51 words) - [The Chloe Bead Weaving Starter Package – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/the-chloe-bead-weaving-starter-package/index.html): The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths  (either a 5" or an 8" weaving width) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series, The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths  (either a 5" or an 8" weaving width) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series looms, sold here with three pairs of sett combs at 14, 16 and 18 DPI (perfect for bead weaving) that can easily be switched out and two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.   The 14 dent comb is perfect for 11/0 seed beads. The 16 and 18 dent combs are great for 11/0 Delica beads.  Included:One top and one bottom beam, three sett combs (14, 16 and 18 DPI) one threaded rod for an 8" weaving length, two wing-nuts, two double washers, one hex nut, one regular washer one cap nut, one plastic cap, written instructions, two small wrenches for tightening the loom.  Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions.Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe Chloe Pocket LoomThe Complete Chloe Loom and Sett CollectionThe Chloe Loom StandAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron Looms PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (361 words) - [The 10" Chloe Pocket Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/the-10-chloe-pocket-loom/index.html): The Chloe Pocket Loom is a portable tapestry and bead loom that's perfect for beginners but designed for professionals., The Chloe Pocket Loom is a portable tapestry and bead loom that's perfect for beginners but designed for professionals.  Welcome to Mirrix's newest loom, the 10" Chloe Pocket Loom. After the launch of the 5" and 8" versions of this loom, we kept getting the same question: When will you make a bigger Chloe? After many months of designing, redesigning and testing, the 10" Chloe Loom with double rods was born. While it might not actually be pocket-sized, this loom walks a delicate balance between portability and functionality with changeable sett combs and an on-loom tensioning device. It makes the perfect starter loom, travel loom or sampling loom. Be one of the first to get your hands on a 10" Chloe Loom today!  To order: Select sett and whether or not you want wrenches in the three drop-down menus. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 10"Weaving Length: 10.5"Loom Width: 10.5"Weight: 2 lbs Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind for both bead and tapestry weaving. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in three widths (find the 5" Chloe Pocket Loom here and the 8" Chloe Pocket Loom here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our Classic Series looms with combs available at six different setts that will allow you to weave at either 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 or 18 EPI. You can purchase additional sett combs for each loom which can be easily switched out. This loom is available with two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.  Who Should Buy This Loom? The Chloe Pocket Loom is a wonderful loom for those wanting to learn to weave tapestry or beads. It's small, easy to warp and simple to use, but is designed to make professional-quality pieces with the ability to adjust your tension as you weave and with sett combs that can be changed out for weaving with different bead sizes and yarn weights. This also makes it a great loom for more experienced weavers looking for a very portable loom for travel or sampling.  Included:One top and one bottom beam with metal combs at your chosen sett, two threaded rods for an 11" weaving length  (14" threaded rods), four wing-nuts, six washers, two hex nuts, two cap nuts, two black caps and written instructions. Optional: Two small wrenches for tightening the loom. We recommend these, but if you have already have two wrenches you'd like to use or are purchasing multiple Chloe Looms, you may not want them.  Additional Information:What can you weave on this loom? Fiber or beads Positioning: Horizontal on a lap or table or upright with The Chloe Loom Stand. Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving. Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (878 words) - [International Orders – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/international-orders/index.html): Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms is located in the United States. We do ship internationally. If you have questions about the shipping cost to send an order to an overseas address, please email us customerservice@mirrrixlooms.com with the contents of your order and your mailing address and we can give you a shipping co (109 words) - [Bead Weaving – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/bead-weaving/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (257 words) - [The 8" Chloe Loom + 8, 10, 12, 14 Sett Collection – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/starter-packages/products/the-8-chloe-loom-8-10-12-14-sett-collection/index.html): This package is perfect for anyone looking for an 8" Chloe Loom with four different sett options., The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths (find the 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series looms, sold here with four pairs of sett combs at 8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI that can easily be switched out. This loom is available with two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.   Included:One top and one bottom beam, four sett combs (8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI) one threaded rod for an 8" weaving length, two wing-nuts, two double washers, one hex nut, one regular washer, one cap nut, one plastic cap, written instructions.  Note: All sett combs for the Chloe Loom have changed slightly. They are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change. Optional: Two small wrenches for tightening the loom. We recommend these, but if you have already have two wrenches you'd like to use or are purchasing multiple Chloe Looms, you may not want them. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 8"Weaving Length: 8"Loom Width: 8.5"Weight: 1 lb 5 oz Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions.Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (487 words) - [The "Some of Our Favorite Colors" Colonial Yarn Sampler Set – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/wool-warp/products/the-some-of-our-favorite-colors-colonial-yarn-sampler-set.html): This gorgeous Persian wool yarn sampler set is ready to be used to make a small tapestry. No need to worry about what colors to use, we guarantee these will look perfect together no matter how you combine them!  Comes with 10 8-yard bobbins of 3-Ply Persian wool yarn., This gorgeous Persian wool yarn sampler set is ready to be used to make a small tapestry. No need to worry about what colors to use, we guarantee these will look perfect together no matter how you combine them!  Comes with 10 8-yard bobbins of 3-Ply Persian wool yarn. (85 words) - [The Complete 10" Chloe + Accessories Starter Package – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/starter-packages/products/the-complete-10-chloe-accessories-starter-package/index.html): This package is made for anyone looking for a 10" Chloe Pocket Loom plus all the bells and whistles!, The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in three widths with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series looms, sold here with four pairs of sett combs at 8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI that can easily be switched out and two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.   This package also comes with The Chloe Stand. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 10"Weaving Length: 10.5"Loom Width: 10.5"Weight: 2 lbs Included:-One top and one bottom beam, four sett combs (8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI) two threaded rods for an 11" weaving length (14" threaded rods), four wing-nuts, six washers, two hex nuts, two cap nuts, two black caps, written instructions, two small wrenches for tightening the loom.-The Chloe Loom Stand Click here find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. Note: All sett combs for the Chloe Loom have changed slightly. They are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change. Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe Loom PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (455 words) - [Two Wrenches for the Chloe Pocket Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/accessories/products/two-wrenches-for-the-chloe-loom/index.html): Two custom-made replacement wrenches for the Chloe Pocket Loom. These wrenches can also be used on any traditional series Mirrix Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" , Two custom-made replacement wrenches for the Chloe Pocket Loom. These wrenches can also be used on any traditional series Mirrix Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs (136 words) - [Texsolv Heddles for Mirrix Extended Shed – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/accessories/products/texsolv-heddles-for-mirrix-extended-shed/index.html): 100 Texsolv heddles for a Mirrix loom with an extended shed (NOT a regular Mirrix Loom with a regular shedding device.)  *If you have a Mirrix Loom without an extended shedding device (learn more about  shed extenders here) you will want to purchase regular Mirrix heddles NOT these.* Although these heddles connect to t, 100 Texsolv heddles for a Mirrix loom with an extended shed (NOT a regular Mirrix Loom with a regular shedding device.)  *If you have a Mirrix Loom without an extended shedding device (learn more about  shed extenders here) you will want to purchase regular Mirrix heddles NOT these.* Although these heddles connect to the shedding device exactly the same way the original Mirrix heddles are, they look slightly different. The original Mirrix heddles are basically one big loop. The extended heddles have three holes because they were originally designed to work on floor looms. Just like with the original Mirrix heddles, first cut the small loops on either side of the heddle (so they look like the picture on this page, see images below.) To put them on, hook one end of the heddle to the shed bar on the shedding device, loop the entire heddle around the warp thread and then hook the other end of the heddle to the same bar.  How to figure out how many heddles you need Left, regular heddle. Right, extended shed heddle. Both are put on the loom in the same way.  This image shows where to cut the extended heddles   (233 words) - [22" Zach Tapestry & Bead Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/all/products/22-zach-loom/index.html): Great for tapestry or large bead pieces, the 22″ Mirrix Zach Loom can make a piece 19″ x 51″ and only weighs 7 pounds., The 22" Zach Loom will expand your tapestry or bead weaving horizons without taking over your workspace.  Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 19" Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 51" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 47" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 22"Weight: 7 lbsRegular Shed Size: 3/4" Extended Shed Size: 1.5" (for extended shed loom option) *Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The 22” Zach Loom is the quintessential portable loom size for anyone looking to make medium-to-large weavings but who still wants a lightweight loom that fits easily on a table or in a car.  Who Should Buy This Loom? If you are looking for the perfect studio loom that can give you the size you need without dominating your space, the 22" is for you. It's big enough to be an "only" loom, but small enough to store easily when not in use.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple Included:With the Regular Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, a regular shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions With the Regular Shedding Device + Two Rolls of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, a regular shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (for a total of 200 heddles). You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need With the Extended Shed Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, an extended shedding device and handle, two extended wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions With the Extended Shed Shedding Device + Two Rolls of 100 Extended Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, an extended shedding device and handle, two extended wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (for a total of 200 heddles). You may need more heddles depending on the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-needRegular or Extended Shed:This loom's shedding device is available with a regular shed size (3/4") or an extended shed (1.5") size. The extended shed option is perfect for rug weaving or for anyone looking for a portable tapestry loom with a large shed for bobbins, shuttles or fingers! Choose "Extended" from the drop-down to select the extended shed option. Please note that you will need to buy or make extended heddles if you choose a loom with an extended shedding device.  Additional Information:What can you weave on this loom? Beads, Fiber, Beads and Fiber Positioning: Upright with two fold-out legs on a table or on The Mirrix Harvey Stand. Shedding Device: Yes. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device. You can purchase this loom with a shedding device for a regular (3/4") or extended (1.5") shed -See above. Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles or pre-made extended heddles. There are also options to purchase this loom with two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (200 total heddles) with the regular or extended shed. Heddles can be reused.  Note: The shedding device doesn’t have to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, the Extra Warping Bar Kit, Loom Extenders, The Electric Spencer Treadle, The Mirrix Harvey Stand, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device  Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation. Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (971 words) - [Extra Warping Bar Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/accessories/products/extra-warping-bar-kit/index.html): This kit allows you to put on a shorter warp., This kit allows you to put on a shorter warp. In so doing you will reduce warp waste. Because it also eliminates having a layer of warp on both the front and back of the loom, it allows you to better position your hand for weaving wider pieces with the traditional method of bead weaving.  It is also great for those of you who weave tapestry from the back and want to have a better view of the front of your piece from the back of the loom. The package includes an extra warping bar, Texsolv cord and four special pegs to attach the Texsolv cord to the warping bars.  For use on an extended shed loom, you may want to tie the top and bottom warping bars to the top and bottom of your loom to prevent the bars from becoming crooked when the shed is changed.  3 yards of Texsolv cord for the 8" - 19" Looms and the Tall 12"5 yards of Texsolv cord for the Tall 16" and 22" - 38" Looms8 total yards of Texsolv cord (6 + 2) plus two extra pegs for the 48" Loom. Please email us after purchase for information on how to put this kit on your Lily Loom PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (477 words) - [The Saffron Pocket Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/all/products/the-saffron-pocket-loom/index.html): This loom has been retired. Learn more here. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 5"Weaving Length: 8"Loom Width: 5.5"Weight: .69 lbs Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms. Loom Description:Affordability, quality and portability come together like never before in the Saffron Pocket Loom. This l, This loom has been retired. Learn more here. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 5"Weaving Length: 8"Loom Width: 5.5"Weight: .69 lbs Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms. Loom Description:Affordability, quality and portability come together like never before in the Saffron Pocket Loom. This loom has one main thing that most other tiny looms are lacking: A tensioning device. That means you can adjust your warp tension after you warp and as you weave. This loom is simple to put together and to warp, can be used to make four-selvedge tapestries (with two ends to finish) and is adjustable in height. Loom Materials:The top and bottom beams are made of wood with a non-toxic finish. The threaded rod is made of steel. The combs are made of aluminum. Included:One top and one bottom beam with metal combs, one threaded rod, three wing-nuts, four star washers, one cap nut, one plastic cap, written instructions. Additional Information:What can you weave on this loom? Fiber (Beads can also be used as described here, but this loom was designed primarily for tapestry.)Positioning: Horizontal on a lap or table or upright with The Chloe Loom Stand for The Saffron Pocket Loom Shedding Device: No. There is a shed comb made specifically for this loom, however: Shed Comb for The Saffron Pocket Loom. Available accessories: Shed Comb for The Saffron Pocket Loom,  Longer Rod For Saffron Pocket Loom See also: The Saffron Loom Accessories PackageThe Saffron Loom plus Accessories Package *with a loom If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation. Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving. For resources pertaining specifically to the Saffron Pocket Loom, click here. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (422 words) - [Bottom Spring Kit with 8, 12, 14 and 18 Dent Warp Coils – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/all/products/bottom-spring-kit-with-8-12-14-ad-18-dent-warp-coils.html): The bottom spring kit is a plastic tray for holding a spring at the bottom of the loom like the one at the top of each loom., The Bottom Spring Kit s a plastic tray for holding a spring (warp coil) at the bottom of the loom (like the one at the top of most Mirrix looms) with two attached brass acorn nuts for holding the spring (warp coil). The Bottom Spring Kit is useful for keeping warp threads correctly aligned when putting on the first row of beads or for evenly spacing the warp for tapestry weaving. It is simply and easily attached with permanent 2-sided tape. Bottom Spring Kits are perfect for:-Weaving wide bead pieces (especially with the shedding device)-Weaving wide tapestry pieces-Small format tapestry (more than 18 DPI) This package comes with 8, 12, 14 and 18 dent warp coils (the same warp coils that come with any Mirrix Loom with a shedding device). Knarl nuts may be brass or stainless. *Note: Bottom Spring Kits do not come with springs bars as they are not needed. Click here to learn how to put a Bottom Spring Kit on your loom (it's easy!)  PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (418 words) - [22" Zach Tapestry & Bead Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/looms/products/22-zach-loom/index.html): Great for tapestry or large bead pieces, the 22″ Mirrix Zach Loom can make a piece 19″ x 51″ and only weighs 7 pounds., The 22" Zach Loom will expand your tapestry or bead weaving horizons without taking over your workspace.  Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 19" Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 51" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 47" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 22"Weight: 7 lbsRegular Shed Size: 3/4" Extended Shed Size: 1.5" (for extended shed loom option) *Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The 22” Zach Loom is the quintessential portable loom size for anyone looking to make medium-to-large weavings but who still wants a lightweight loom that fits easily on a table or in a car.  Who Should Buy This Loom? If you are looking for the perfect studio loom that can give you the size you need without dominating your space, the 22" is for you. It's big enough to be an "only" loom, but small enough to store easily when not in use.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple Included:With the Regular Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, a regular shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions With the Regular Shedding Device + Two Rolls of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, a regular shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (for a total of 200 heddles). You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need With the Extended Shed Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, an extended shedding device and handle, two extended wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar and written instructions With the Extended Shed Shedding Device + Two Rolls of 100 Extended Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, an extended shedding device and handle, two extended wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (for a total of 200 heddles). You may need more heddles depending on the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-needRegular or Extended Shed:This loom's shedding device is available with a regular shed size (3/4") or an extended shed (1.5") size. The extended shed option is perfect for rug weaving or for anyone looking for a portable tapestry loom with a large shed for bobbins, shuttles or fingers! Choose "Extended" from the drop-down to select the extended shed option. Please note that you will need to buy or make extended heddles if you choose a loom with an extended shedding device.  Additional Information:What can you weave on this loom? Beads, Fiber, Beads and Fiber Positioning: Upright with two fold-out legs on a table or on The Mirrix Harvey Stand. Shedding Device: Yes. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device. You can purchase this loom with a shedding device for a regular (3/4") or extended (1.5") shed -See above. Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles or pre-made extended heddles. There are also options to purchase this loom with two rolls of 100 Texsolv heddles (200 total heddles) with the regular or extended shed. Heddles can be reused.  Note: The shedding device doesn’t have to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, the Extra Warping Bar Kit, Loom Extenders, The Electric Spencer Treadle, The Mirrix Harvey Stand, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device  Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation. Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (971 words) - [Heddles – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/all/products/texsolv-heddles/index.html): Specially made for us in Sweden from Texsolv, these one-eye Mirrix heddles come in a roll of 100., Specially made for us in Sweden from the same Texsolv used to make all non-metal heddles for floor looms, these one-eye Mirrix heddles come in a roll of 100. They are strong, reusable, easy to use and are good at almost any sett on the loom because they are thin. For weaving past 18 dents per inch we recommend making your own thinner heddles. These are the only pre-made heddles you can buy that work on the Mirrix Loom if you choose not to make your own. Heddles may be shipped on or off the roll.  To separate heddles from the strand, cut in the center of the small hole between each heddle.  How to figure out how many heddles you need Note: If you are looking for heddles for a Mirrix loom with an extended shed, you can find those here. (169 words) - [8" Lani Tapestry & Bead Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/looms/products/8-lani-loom/index.html): The 8" Lani Loom was made with jewelry-making in mind, but serves just as well in its role as a tapestry loom., The 8" Lani Loom was made with jewelry-making in mind, but serves just as well in its role as a tapestry loom.  Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 5Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 26" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 22" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 8Weight: 3.6 lbs with the shedding device, 3.0 lbs without the shedding device *Notes: The weaving lengths listed factor in warp waste. You can weave the "without the shedding device" weaving length with the shedding device if you use it and then remove at the very end and finish off the piece without it.  Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The 8” Lani Loom is a wonderful bead or tapestry loom for anyone who prefers smaller projects and serious portability. This loom can stand on a table with her one long fold-out leg and will also fit comfortably on your lap.  Who Should Buy This Loom? The 8" Lani Loom was designed as a bead loom, first, and is perfect for bracelet and necklace making, but it's also a great small loom for little tapestries. This loom can be used by beginners and experts alike.  Loom Materials: The top and bottom beams are made of anodized aluminum; the sidebars are made of steel and copper; the wooden clips are made of maple. Included:With the Shedding Device Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions. Without the Shedding Device Package:One 14 dent coil (Note: this coil is perfect for weaving with 11/0 seed beads. For 11/0 Delica beads, you will want the 18 dent coil. This, and other warp coils, can be purchased separately), two wooden clips, warping bar, warp coil/spring bar, written instructions. With the Shedding Device + One Roll of 100 Texsolv Heddles Package:Four coils: 8, 12, 14, 18 dents, shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, and written instructions, one roll of 100 Texsolv heddles. You may need more heddles depending on whether you’re weaving beads or tapestry, the maximum width of your weavings and the sett you are weaving at. You can learn more about this here: https://mirrixlooms.com/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-figure-out-how-many-heddles-you-need Additional Information:Positioning: Upright with one fold-out leg on a table or horizontal on a lap or table Shedding Device: Optional. Click here to learn more about the Mirrix shedding device to determine if a loom with one would be a good fit for your weaving needs. Note: If you purchase this loom with a shedding device that doesn’t mean the shedding device has to be used for every project. When warping you can choose to put the shedding device on the loom or not to. Heddles are needed for use with the shedding device. You can make your own heddles or you can purchase pre-made heddles. There is also an option to purchase this loom with one roll of 100 Texsolv heddles. Heddles can be reused.  Available accessories: Bottom Spring Kits, Shasta Combs, The No Warp-Ends Kit, The Extra Warping Bar Kit, Loom Extenders, Add-On Bottom Beam, Extra Shedding Device (with loom extenders) Click here to learn more about which loom accessories you might want to purchase now or in the future.  Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation.  PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (769 words) - [The Taos Wools x Mirrix Looms Yarn Kits](/content/collections/wool-warp/products/the-taos-wool-x-mirrix-looms-looms-yarn-kits/index.html): Taos Wools Chica is a single-ply, fine tapestry weight heritage wool blend that is grown, spun and hand dyed in the USA.  This yarn weaves up well at 10-12 epi for a weft-faced weaving with a single strand. Multiple strands can be "bundled" and woven at a sett closer to 8 epi. Taos Wools (originally Weaving Southwest) , Taos Wools Chica is a single-ply, fine tapestry weight heritage wool blend that is grown, spun and hand dyed in the USA.  This yarn weaves up well at 10-12 epi for a weft-faced weaving with a single strand. Multiple strands can be "bundled" and woven at a sett closer to 8 epi. Taos Wools (originally Weaving Southwest) is a textile gallery, weaving classroom and yarn store in Arroyo Seco, New Mexico. It owes its existence to the Rachel Brown, the amazing fiber artist (tapestry weaver, dyer, spinner) and author of “The Spinning, Dyeing and Weaving Book”. Recently we contacted Joe, who owns Taos Wools, to ask if there was a way we could work together. He sent us samples of their wool and we fell in love with it. We asked Joe if he could dye some colors just for us so we could package them in sets in smaller quantities so Mirrix customers could experience a range of their colors and the absolute loveliness of their yarn. He said yes and was just as excited as we were. The dyed colors are variegated, giving your tapestry more complexity. The natural grays are stunning. In addition to the lovely weft yarn, Taos offers warp to die for. We chose the two-ply wool warp because it is so strong and well twisted. We had been searching for the perfect wool warp for a very long time. We hope you enjoy these wools as much as we do. We are offering three curated yarn kits shown below: The Colors Kit, The Neutrals Kit and the Complete Kit and are also selling warp separately here and loom starter packages here. (You can buy full skeins of Taos Wool Chica directly at taoswools.com!) Yarn Kit Options:  The Colors Kit-One 100-yard bobbin of wool warp-10 one-ounce (approximately 100-yard) bobbins&nbsp; The Neutrals Kit-One 100-yard bobbin of wool warp-Six one-ounce (approximately 100-yard) bobbins The Complete Kit-One 100-yard bobbin of wool warp-16 one-ounce (approximately 100-yard) bobbins   (402 words) - [Mirrix Shed Stick – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/weaving-accessories/products/mirrix-shed-stick/index.html): These beautiful hand-crafted shed sticks are made of maple wood. They come in 3 sizes, 7", 10", and 12". The stick is beveled on one side on both ends.&nbsp; Thickness: 3/16"Width: 9/16" Weave these sticks over and under your warp threads and turn it on its side to make a shed without needing a shedding device. The, These beautiful hand-crafted shed sticks are made of maple wood. They come in 3 sizes, 7", 10", and 12". The stick is beveled on one side on both ends.&nbsp; Thickness: 3/16"Width: 9/16" Weave these sticks over and under your warp threads and turn it on its side to make a shed without needing a shedding device. These are perfect for our Chloe Pocket Loom! (107 words) - [Choose Your Warp Coils Loom Starter Package – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/choose-your-warp-coils-loom-starter-package/index.html): Get any Mirrix Loom with a shedding device plus a bottom spring kit with 8, 12, 14 and 18 dent springs., For a limited time, we are offering Classic Series Mirrix Looms 8" through 38" with a choice of any four warp coils! Package Includes: A Classic Series Mirrix Looms (8" through 38") with a shedding device and your choice of four warp coilsEach loom comes with: shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar, written instructions and four warp coils.  Your choice of warp coils: 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 Please note, the 4 and 5 dent warp coils are not available for the 8" Lani Loom Some resources to help you choose your warp coils:Bead Weaving Warp Coil Cheat SheetAll About SettHow to select your warp coils: Email customerservice@mirrixlooms.com within one hour of placing your order to specify which four warp coils you want. Please reference your order number in this email.  If you do not email us with your selection, we will contact you. If we do not hear from you within 48 hours of placing your order, we will include the default warp coils (8, 12, 14 and 18) with your package. If you also would like a Bottom Spring Kit with match coils to the ones you are choosing for this package, purchase this Bottom Spring Kit and we can switch out the warp coils on that as well! PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (502 words) - [The Pre-Black Friday Sale – Mirrix Looms](/content/blogs/mirrix-blog/the-pre-black-friday-sale/index.html): Black Friday is still over a month away. If you don't want to wait for that sale, we're giving you a chance to save big right now! Today (October 14th) and tomorrow (the 15th) save up to 25% on looms and loom accessories* with tiered pricing. Here's how it works:Spend $150 on looms or loom accessories, get 15% off of t (197 words) - [The 8" Chloe Pocket Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/looms/products/the-8-chloe-pocket-loom/index.html): The Chloe Pocket Loom is a portable tapestry and bead loom that's perfect for beginners but designed for professionals., The Chloe Pocket Loom is a portable tapestry and bead loom that's perfect for beginners but designed for professionals.  To order: Select sett and whether or not you want wrenches in the three drop-down menus. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 8"Weaving Length: 8"Loom Width: 8.5"Weight: 1lb 5 oz Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind for both bead and tapestry weaving. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths (find the 5" Chloe Pocket Loom here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our Classic Series looms with combs available at six different setts that will allow you to weave at either 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 or 18 EPI. You can purchase additional sett combs for each loom which can be easily switched out. This loom is available with two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.  Who Should Buy This Loom? The Chloe Pocket Loom is a wonderful loom for those wanting to learn to weave tapestry or beads. It's small, easy to warp and simple to use, but is designed to make professional-quality pieces with the ability to adjust your tension as you weave and with sett combs that can be changed out for weaving with different bead sizes and yarn weights. This also makes it a great loom for more experienced weavers looking for a very portable loom for travel or sampling.  Included:One top and one bottom beam with metal combs at your chosen sett, one threaded rod for an 8" weaving length, two wing-nuts, two double washers, one hex nut, one regular washer, one cap nut, one plastic cap and written instructions. Note: All Chloe combs have changed slightly. They are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change.Optional: Two small wrenches for tightening the loom. We recommend these, but if you have already have two wrenches you'd like to use or are purchasing multiple Chloe Looms, you may not want them.  Additional Information:What can you weave on this loom? Fiber or beads Positioning: Horizontal on a lap or table or upright with The Chloe Loom Stand. Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving. Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (799 words) - [Tapestry Weaving – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/tapestry-weaving/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (249 words) - [Terms & Policies – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/terms-policies/index.html): Shipping Policies At Mirrix Looms, each loom is made to order. Loom usually take between one and three business days to go out. Small accessories usually ship the next day. That said, ship times do depend on how busy we are at the time. If you need a loom by a certain date, please let us know. You will be sent a shippi (109 words) - [The Whitney and Willa Wrap Bracelet Kit – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/the-whitney-and-willa-wrap-bracelet-kit/index.html): Named after one of our favorite mother and daughter pair, this lovely three wrap bracelet reminds us of their inner and outer beauty and love for one another. Dazzle your wrist and, we hope, a friend or daughter’s or mother’s wrist, with this simple yet elegant piece of unconditional love., Named after one of our favorite mother and daughter pair, this lovely three wrap bracelet reminds us of their inner and outer beauty and love for one another. Dazzle your wrist and, we hope, a friend or daughter’s or mother’s wrist, with this simple yet elegant piece of unconditional love.This project is perfect for beginners, but can be fun for bead weavers of any level.  Kit Includes: -Cotton 1.0 mm cord (3 yards)-One bobbin of beading thread. Colors will vary.-14-gram bead soup of between 8 and 10 colors of 11/0 Delica and Toho beads. Colors will vary. -One pewter button  Downloadable instructions will be sent after shipment. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   Kit will accommodate up to an 8” wrist. Loom Requirement to Make Kit:Any loom 8” or larger. We recommend an 8", 12" or 16" and a beading needle.-No warp coil required Need a loom, too? Get the Whitney & Willa Wrap Bracelet Loom Starter Package here. (289 words) - [Beginner's Guide – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/beginners-guide/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (1,379 words) - [The Complete 10" Chloe + Accessories Starter Package – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/the-complete-10-chloe-accessories-starter-package/index.html): This package is made for anyone looking for a 10" Chloe Pocket Loom plus all the bells and whistles!, The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in three widths with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series looms, sold here with four pairs of sett combs at 8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI that can easily be switched out and two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.   This package also comes with The Chloe Stand. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 10"Weaving Length: 10.5"Loom Width: 10.5"Weight: 2 lbs Included:-One top and one bottom beam, four sett combs (8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI) two threaded rods for an 11" weaving length (14" threaded rods), four wing-nuts, six washers, two hex nuts, two cap nuts, two black caps, written instructions, two small wrenches for tightening the loom.-The Chloe Loom Stand Click here find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. Note: All sett combs for the Chloe Loom have changed slightly. They are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change. Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe Loom PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (455 words) - [What Do You Need to Begin Weaving? (Updated) – Mirrix Looms](/content/blogs/mirrix-blog/what-do-you-need-to-begin-weaving-updated/index.html): One question we get a lot here at Mirrix is, “What do I need to begin weaving?” This depends on exactly what you want to weave, of course, but you may be surprised at how little you need to get started! For Tapestry Weaving: -A Loom. We recommend one with a shedding device like the 16″ Big Sister Loom or, for a more pa (540 words) - [The 5" Chloe Loom + 8, 10, 12, 14 Sett Collection – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/the-complete-chloe-sett-collection/index.html): This package is perfect for anyone looking for a 5" Chloe Tapestry & Bead Loom with a variety of sett combs., The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths (find the 8" Loom Sett Collection Here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series looms, sold here with four pairs of sett combs at 8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI that can easily be switched out. This loom is available with two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.   Included:One top and one bottom beam, four sett combs (8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI) one threaded rod for an 8" weaving length, two wing-nuts, two double washers, one hex nut, one regular washer, one cap nut, one plastic cap, written instructions.  Note: All sett combs for the Chloe Loom have changed slightly. They are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change. Optional: Two small wrenches for tightening the loom. We recommend these, but if you have already have two wrenches you'd like to use or are purchasing multiple Chloe Looms, you may not want them. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 5"Weaving Length:&nbsp;8"Loom Width: 5.5"Weight: 15 oz Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions.Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (483 words) - [The Complete 8" Chloe + Accessories Starter Package – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/the-complete-8-chloe-accessories-starter-package/index.html): This package is perfect for anyone looking for an 8" Chloe Loom with all the bells and whistles!, The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths ( (find the Complete 5" Chloe + Accessories Starter Package here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series looms, sold here with four pairs of sett combs at 8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI that can easily be switched out and two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.   This package also comes with The Chloe Stand, a shorter rod and a longer rod.  Included:-One top and one bottom beam, four sett combs (8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI) one threaded rod for an 8" weaving length, two wing-nuts, two double washers, one hex nut, one regular washer one cap nut, one plastic cap, written instructions, two small wrenches for tightening the loom.-The Chloe Loom Stand-A Short Rod (for a 4" weaving length) -A Long Rod (for an 11" weaving length)  Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. Note: All sett combs for the Chloe Loom have changed slightly. They are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change. Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (482 words) - [How to Choose Sett Combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/blogs/mirrix-blog/how-to-choose-sett-combs-on-a-chloe-pocket-loom/index.html): Sett is the term used to describe how far apart your warp threads (these are the threads that go vertically up and down your loom) are horizontally on the loom. In tapestry, we refer to sett in EPI (ends per inch) or DPI (dents per inch). For example, a sett of 8 EPI means there are eight warp threads in an inch vertic (632 words) - [Rebecca Mezoff x Mirrix Looms Tapestry Starter Package](/content/products/rebecca-mezoff-tapestry-loom-starter-package/index.html): If you're serious about learning to weave tapestry and want to learn at your own pace and in the privacy of your own home, we recommend Rebecca Mezoff's online tapestry classes. We've partnered with Rebecca to put together a loom package that gives you almost everything you need to get started with her classes: Your ch, If you're serious about learning to weave tapestry and want to learn at your own pace and in the privacy of your own home, we recommend Rebecca Mezoff's online tapestry classes. We've partnered with Rebecca to put together a loom package that gives you almost everything you need to get started with her classes: Your choice of five loom sizes: Tall Edition 12" Little Guy Loom, 16" Big Sister Loom, Tall Edition 16” Big Sister Loom, 19" Deb Loom or 22" Zach Loom (all with regular shed sizes) Two 8 dent warp coils and two 10 dent warp coils A shedding device and handle Two wooden clips A warping bar A flat wrench An Allen wrench A coil bar A Bottom Spring Kit  A roll of heddles (100) Three 100-yard bobbins of unbleached 12/9 Seine twine  Tall Edition 12" Little Guy LoomWeaving Width: 9"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 12Weight: 4.6 lbs 16" Big Sister Loom Stats:Weaving Width: 13"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 16Weight: 5.4 lbs Tall Edition 16" Big Sister LoomWeaving Width: 13"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 51" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 47" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 16Weight: 6 lbs 19" Deb LoomWeaving Width: 16"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 36" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 32" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 19”Weight: 6 lbs 22" Zach Loom Stats:Weaving Width: 19"Weaving Length without Shedding Device: 51" with continuous warping Weaving Length with Shedding Device: 47" with continuous warpingLoom Width: 22"Weight: 7 lbs Note: Everything that comes with this package is listed here. It comes with a total of four warp coils (two 8 dent and two 10 dent). If you want additional warp coils, they can be purchased here. Rebecca Also Recommends: The Spencer Power Treadle Loom Extenders Extra Set of heddles (The 100 heddles that come with this package will allow you to weave a tapestry 10" wide at 10 dpi and 12.5" wide at 8 dpi.)  *Note: This loom will come with a resource page directing you to online resources for loom set-up, warping and weaving. We recommend following these online instructions, but if you would also like the printed warping instructions that come with our other looms, just let us know either in the comments section of your order or via email (customerservice@mirrixlooms.com). *Note: Bottom Spring Kits do not come with springs bars as they are not needed PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (650 words) - [The "Just Beads For Me" Loom Package – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/the-just-beads-for-me-loom-package/index.html): Get any Mirrix Loom with a shedding device plus a bottom spring kit with 8, 12, 14 and 18 dent springs., This loom package was designed just for bead weavers! It comes with a Mirrix frame 8" or larger, but with warp coils chosen specifically for bead weavers as well as a Bottom Spring Kit with matching warp coils. You can choose if you want a loom with or without a shedding device (which is not typically an option for looms 19" and larger). Warp coils included: The 12 dent coil works perfectly with 8/0 seed beads. The 16 dent coil is great for wide bead weavings with 11/0 Delicas. The 18 dent coil is great for thin weavings with 11/0 Delicas. The 14 dent coil is perfect for 11/0 seed beads. Click here to find our bead weaving warp coil cheat sheet and to learn more about choosing a warp coil for bead weaving.   Package Includes: With the Shedding Device: A Mirrix Loom frame (8", 12", 16", 22", 28", 32" or 38" width) with a shedding device and handle, two wooden clips, warping bar, flat wrench, Allen wrench, warp coil/spring bar,  written instructions  and four warp coils: 12, 16, 14 and 18. OR Without the Shedding Device: A Mirrix Loom frame (8", 12", 16", 22", 28", 32" or 38" width) with two wooden clips, warping bar, warp coil/spring bar, written instructions  and four warp coils: 12, 16, 14 and 18. AND (with either option) A Bottom Spring with kit with matching warp coils ( 12, 16, 14 and 18) Note: If you are choosing a loom with a shedding device, you will need to purchase or make heddles to go with your loom. Click here to learn more about heddles and how many you need.  Please choose from the drop-down menus both which loom size you want and if you would like a shedding device or not.  *Note: Bottom Spring Kits do not come with springs bars as they are not needed. Knarl nuts may be brass or stainless. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.   (664 words) - [Search – Mirrix Looms](/content/search/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (109 words) - [The Complete 5" Chloe + Accessories Starter Package – Mirrix Looms](/content/products/the-complete-chloe-accessories-starter-package-1/index.html): The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths (find the Complete 8" Chloe + Accessories Starter Package here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use , The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths (find the Complete 8" Chloe + Accessories Starter Package here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series looms, sold here with four pairs of sett combs at 8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI that can easily be switched out and two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.   This package also comes with The Chloe Stand, a shorter rod and a longer rod.  Included:-One top and one bottom beam, four sett combs (8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI) one threaded rod for an 8" weaving length, two wing-nuts, two double washers, one hex nut, one regular washer one cap nut, one plastic cap, written instructions, two small wrenches for tightening the loom.-The Chloe Loom Stand-A Short Rod (for a 4" weaving length) -A Long Rod (for an 11" weaving length)  Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. Note: All sett combs for the Chloe Loom have changed slightly. They are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change. Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & Accessories The 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (481 words) - [What's a Mirrix? – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/whats-a-mirrix/index.html): Mirrix Looms are bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. (132 words) - [Talk to Us – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/talk-to-us/index.html): Have a question? Want some advice? Just feel like saying ‘hello’? You can find our contact information here. (109 words) - [Retailers – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/retailers/index.html): Mirrix Looms retailers., Retail dealers of Mirrix Tapestry and Bead Looms. Please contact each store before you visit to make sure they have looms in stock. Please note that locations may not be exact. (1,496 words) - [Sell Our Looms – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/sell-our-looms/index.html): Are you a tapestry or bead weaving teacher or representing a bead, fiber or craft store and interested in selling our looms? Email elena@mirrixlooms.com and we will give you more information about Mirrix wholesale accounts!  (109 words) - [Community – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/community/index.html): Classes, testimonials, customer stories and more. (109 words) - [Resources – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/resources/index.html): Preparing to Purchase Blog Posts & Pages Choosing a Loom: Why choose a loom with a tensioning device? What's a Mirrix?The Best Beginner Loom You've Decided to Learn to Weave. Now What?Scared to Start Weaving? 5 Tips To Get Your Loom Out Of The Box! General Information: Loom Comparison ChartsWhat’s a warp coil? Why warp spacing matters The Mirrix Shedding DeviceWhat do you need to begin weaving? Shed Systems for Tapestry WeavingWhat is Sett? Should You Purchase a Bottom Spring Kit?Bead Weaving: Bead Weaving BasicsTapestry Weaving: Floor loom vs. MirrixWood frame or Mirrix Why weaving a scarf on a Mirrix is like frying an egg in a stock pot Tapestry Weaving Basics Videos Why Tapestry?Textural TapestryTalking Tapestry Webinar Why Upgrade to a Mirrix Loom?Mirrix Looms Bead Weaving Crash Course WebinarWeave Faster & Easier: The Mirrix Shedding DeviceDownloadsGet Started Guide Weaving is Easy Ebook To-DosFill out Get Help Choosing a Loom Form Set-Up and Warping Blog Posts & Pages Warping is no longer a challengeSet-Up and Warping Instructions Making Heddles Bead weaving warp coil cheat sheetBalancing the Warping BarHow High Do I Adjust My Loom? How to Figure Out How Many Heddles You Need VideosWarping Video: Tapestry/Fiber WeavingWarping Video: Bead WeavingMirrix Warping Tips by Rebecca Mezoff The Easy Warp Method <- Great for Beginners! Weaving Blog Posts & Pages Warp TensionHow to Weave a Small Piece on a Large Loom Without Wasting WarpThe 3 Elements of a Quality Weaving (And How to Achieve Them)Tutorial: Weaving For Dramatic Texture by Natalie NovakTutorial: Weaving With Two Shedding Devices The Ultimate Guide to Weaving Beads with the Shedding Device Projects Beads The Whitney & Willa Wrap Bracelet The Queen Nefertiti Beaded Bracelet Split-Loom Beaded NecklaceThe Rosalie Bracelet Fiber Texture & Sett Wall-HangingEccentric Wefts Tapestry Eyeglass Case The Textural Tapestry Wall-Hanging ProjectMini Heart TapestryPaper & Wool Weaving (Gist yarn & Fiber) Beads & Fiber Tapestry/Bead Cuff BraceletAffinity BraceletThe Blue Hibiscus Bracelet Wire Changing Seasons Wire Bracelet VideosWeaving Shapes (Fiber/Tapestry)Changing ShedsHow To Advance Your Weaving on a Mirrix LoomUsing the Mirrix Looms No Warp-Ends KitHow to Weave Beads With the Shedding Device on a Mirrix Loom Continuous Warping Finishing Videos The Basics of Finishing a TapestryHow to Remove a Bead Weaving from a Mirrix Loom Accessories Videos Using the Mirrix Looms No Warp-Ends KitThe Spencer Treadle Vs. the Loom Handle by Janna Maria Vallee The Extra Warping Bar Kit Weave Faster & Easier: The Mirrix Shedding DeviceCan you Advance Your Weaving with a Bottom Spring Kit on Your Loom? (747 words) - [Weave-Alongs – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/weave-alongs/index.html): A weave-along is a FREE online course. Claudia Chase and Elena Zuyok of Mirrix Looms will lead participants through a project woven on a loom. (109 words) - [Classes & Instructors – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/classes-instructors/index.html): Upcoming Classes: None Online Classes Craftsy: Bead & Tapestry CuffsRebecca Mezoff’s Online Tapestry Class: Learn more here. Instructors CANADA Alberta Kim Holowatiuk Sleepy Holow Leather & Custom Beading (403)710-2142https://sleepy-holow-leather.myshopify.com Janna Maria Valleewww.everleatextiles.comTeaches: T (440 words) - [Free Projects and Tutorials – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/free-projects-and-tutorials/index.html): Please be patient when downloading .pdf documents, they may take a moment to load. Don’t have a .pdf reader? Download the Adobe .PDF Reader FREE here. Mixed Media Mini Weaving Free ProjectTexture & Sett Wall-Hanging  Split-Loom Beaded NecklaceThe Changing Seasons Wire Bracelet The Whitney & Willa Wrap BraceletT (1,198 words) - [Bead Weaving Basics – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/bead-weaving-basics/index.html): Everything you need to know about weaving beads from warping to weaving to finishing. (2,868 words) - [Weave-Along 40: The Linda Bangles – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/sale/products/weave-along-40-the-linda-bangles/index.html): Named after customer extraordinaire Linda Yeatts! Learn to combine beads and fiber weaving with the Linda Bangles Kit. The full 42-page tutorial will be available for download after purchase.  When you think of jewelry you do not necessarily think of tapestry. But at Mirrix we have been turning tapestry into jewelry fo, Named after customer extraordinaire Linda Yeatts! Learn to combine beads and fiber weaving with the Linda Bangles Kit. The full 42-page tutorial will be available for download after purchase.  When you think of jewelry you do not necessarily think of tapestry. But at Mirrix we have been turning tapestry into jewelry for years. We decided it was time to reinvent our tapestry cuff bracelet and turn it into a tapestry bangle. After much research we found the pieces to create such a thing: lovely bangles in silver, gold and rose gold. This might be the first time anyone has come up with such a thing and we are mighty proud we got there first. We were also thrilled that eventually the imagine we had stuck in our heads actually worked. It took a lot of back and forth and cutting a lot of failed pieces off the loom. But then it all came together: the correct materials to use from warp to weft, the correct bangle, the correct measurements and a way to make the tapestry and the bangle sing together. Make one for yourself or give one away. Or just keep both because one can never sport too many bangles. The piece is unexpected and joyful with lovely pops of color separated by beads. It comprises Mirrix hand painted silk, which will not fade or degrade over time, as well as Delicate beads which serve as both a design element and a way to make sure the piece is precisely the same width from end to end. You will love making this bangle as much as you will love wearing it or giving it to a lucky friend. The kit includes:-Two bangles in your choice of colors: in either silver, rose gold, gold. These bangles have a 2.5" diameter. This is a standard bangle size but will not fit over all hand sizes. Please measure your hand to make sure it will fit!-Five bobbins of 12-yards of hand-painted mulberry silk(colors will vary)-Three bobbins of 6-yards of hand-painted Gima silk(colors will vary)-2 grams of 11/0 Myuki Delica beads-1 beading needle-1 bent tip embroidery needle-1 bobbin of C-Lon thread-1 small tube of E6000 Glue This kit makes: Two bangles with lots of extra silk  What else you need to begin:  -An 8" or larger Classic Series Mirrix Loom with an 18 dent warp coil or any size Chloe Pocket Loom with 18 dent combs and a 14.5" threaded rod-A bead mat or piece of cloth for holdings beads-A measuring tape-A good pair of scissors (483 words) - [Tapestry Sampler Class – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/books-media/products/tapestry-class/index.html): In this foundation, beginner level class, artist Claudia Anne Chase will teach students the basics of tapestry weaving. From warping through finishing, students will learn essential tapestry weaving techniques and even "weft dance"! Learn how to weave a variety of shapes including a circle, triangles, chevrons, vertica, In this foundation, beginner level class, artist Claudia Anne Chase will teach students the basics of tapestry weaving. From warping through finishing, students will learn essential tapestry weaving techniques and even "weft dance"! Learn how to weave a variety of shapes including a circle, triangles, chevrons, vertical stripes and freeform shapes. Plus, learn fundamental techniques including pick and pick, hatching, shading, dotting, weft interlock, warp interlock and slit tapestry. This is the class on which students will launch into the art of tapestry weaving. T his class was originally made for Craftartedu.com and still has Craftartedu.com branding, but the company is no longer in business so we are able to bring you this class directly. You can view the class online (and download it directly from Vimeo). Note: The .PDF is no longer available, just the video. There are 5 parts.   These are the colors of Waverly Yarn used for this sampler: You will want 2 8-yard skeins of each color.  Black: 1121Green: 5051Yellow: 4025Light Yellow: 4005Purple: 2081Orange: 30644Burnt Orange: 3083Turquoise: 7091Dark Orange: 3031Magenta: 2002 A link to the class will be provided within 24 business hours of purchase. The form of this class is a video featuring a series of images with a voiceover. This class cannot be purchased outside of the U.S. and Canada. Please contact us directly for more information.   (261 words) - [Tapestry Weaving Basics – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/tapestry-weaving-basics/index.html): What is Tapestry? Tapestry is a type of fiber weaving. It is weft-faced (ie: the warp does not show at all), the wefts are generally discontinuous (they do not go from selvedge (edge) to selvedge (edge)) and it is generally pictorial (like painting a picture with fiber). Why choose a Mirrix to weave Tapestry? If you’ve (1,281 words) - [Flying Start Tutorial Series – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/the-flying-start-tutorial-series/index.html): We are thrilled to announce a new kit and tutorial series geared towards tapestry and bead weavers looking to build their weaving skills and find design inspiration. This series is different from our Weave-Along Series in two main ways. First, we focus primarily on teaching technique and design and spend less time focu (109 words) - [FAQ – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/faq/index.html): Get the answers to frequently asked question here. (109 words) - [Testimonials – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/testimonials/index.html): Check out what Mirrix customers have to say about their looms. (1,942 words) - [Set-Up and Warping Instructions – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/set-up-and-warping-instructions/index.html): Don’t know how to set-up and warp a Mirrix Loom? It’s easy! We show you how here. (616 words) - [Learn to Weave – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/learn-to-weave/index.html): Click for a List of Resources Set-up and Warping Instructions Don’t know how to warp a Mirrix Loom? It’s easy! Download our step-by-step .pdf instructional ebooks in .pdf form or check out our video set-up and warping instructions here. Weaving Instructions How to Weave Beads on a Mirrix Loom [Video] Weaving Tapestry o (109 words) - [Loom Comparison Charts – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/loom-comparison-charts/index.html): Use these nifty charts to compare Mirrix’s different looms and help choose what loom (or looms) are right for your needs! Have a question? Email us! Click here to see a full-page version of these charts in Google Sheets Click the "measurements" and "features" tabs to switch between charts (109 words) - [Shedding Device Page – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/shedding-device/index.html): Learn what a shedding device is and why it is useful here! (109 words) - [Choose a Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/choose-a-loom/index.html): Get a free loom recommendation, see each loom compared side-by-side, learn more about the shedding device and get answers to frequently asked questions. (109 words) - [The Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Blog – Mirrix Looms](/content/blogs/mirrix-blog/index.html): The Mirrix Blog (417 words) - [Get Help Choosing a Loom – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/get-help-choosing-a-loom/index.html): Not sure which size Mirrix Loom is right for you? Fill out the form below for a personalized loom recommendation. (109 words) - [Gifts & Gift Cards – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/gift-cards/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (188 words) - [Layaway – Mirrix Looms](/content/pages/layaway/index.html): Want a loom, but can’t afford one right now? Want to make payments to get a loom for a special occasion? Mirrix Looms has layaway- just like those big box stores. To place a layaway order copy and paste the below text into an email. Fill out the relevant information and send to customerservice@mirrixlooms.com. (109 words) - [New – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/new/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (212 words) - [Tapestry Weaving by Kirsten Glasbrook – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/books-media/products/tapestry-weaving-by-kirsten-glasbrook/index.html): Mirrix President Claudia Chase highly recommends this book for beginner tapestry weavers. This colorful, exciting book offers a rich source of stimulating and innovative ideas that will appeal to all abilities. Kirsten Glasbrook uses her evocative designs to illustrate the techniques with step-by-step guidance on how t, Mirrix President Claudia Chase highly recommends this book for beginner tapestry weavers. This colorful, exciting book offers a rich source of stimulating and innovative ideas that will appeal to all abilities. Kirsten Glasbrook uses her evocative designs to illustrate the techniques with step-by-step guidance on how to create horizontal and diagonal lines, curves, motifs, shading, outlines, borders and more. Here you will discover all you need to know about tapestry weaving from choosing colors and winding warps to creating images and finishing off with tassels and beads. (117 words) - [Books & Media – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/books-media/index.html): Books on beading and weaving and software. (269 words) - [Hand-Painted Silk – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/hand-painted-yarn/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (265 words) - [Sale – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/sale/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (250 words) - [Replacement Parts – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/replacement-parts/index.html): Replacement parts. (234 words) - [The Complete 5" Chloe + Accessories Starter Package – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/starter-packages/products/the-complete-chloe-accessories-starter-package-1/index.html): The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths (find the Complete 8" Chloe + Accessories Starter Package here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use , The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths (find the Complete 8" Chloe + Accessories Starter Package here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our classic series looms, sold here with four pairs of sett combs at 8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI that can easily be switched out and two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.   This package also comes with The Chloe Stand, a shorter rod and a longer rod.  Included:-One top and one bottom beam, four sett combs (8, 10, 12 and 14 DPI) one threaded rod for an 8" weaving length, two wing-nuts, two double washers, one hex nut, one regular washer one cap nut, one plastic cap, written instructions, two small wrenches for tightening the loom.-The Chloe Loom Stand-A Short Rod (for a 4" weaving length) -A Long Rod (for an 11" weaving length)  Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. Note: All sett combs for the Chloe Loom have changed slightly. They are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change. Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. Click here to find instructions on how to change the combs on your Chloe Pocket Loom. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & Accessories The 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 5" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (481 words) - [The Yuliya Klochan Loom Starter Package – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/starter-packages/products/yulias-starter-package/index.html): This starter package was curated by Yuliya Klochan.(@yuliyaklochan) a 2026 Mirrix Looms brand ambassador. The kit was designed by Yuliya, the instructions were written by her and the pattern was made by her. If you are looking to weave beads like Yuliya, this is the perfect package for you!  Yuliya will receive a porti, This starter package was curated by Yuliya Klochan.(@yuliyaklochan) a 2026 Mirrix Looms brand ambassador. The kit was designed by Yuliya, the instructions were written by her and the pattern was made by her. If you are looking to weave beads like Yuliya, this is the perfect package for you!  Yuliya will receive a portion of the sale of this package. "Yuliya Klochan is a Ukrainian-born artist based in Chicago. She designs modern beadwork using traditional Ukrainian loom weaving. Yuliya strives to create works that center social justice and inclusivity—and tell a story with each image. For materials, Yuliya sources the rare “perfect cylinder” Toho Aiko beads, woven together with strong fishing line. The beads come in iridescent, metallic, matte, frosted, luster, and more finishes. Up to 15,000 of them per piece create unique textures and gleams. If you're in Chicago, you can check out Yuliya's beading at local galleries (listed on her website and Instagram)." Package includes:-5" Chloe Loom, with 16 and 18 dent combs and two wrenches  -Chloe Loom stand           -Long (14") add-on threaded rod for the Chloe Pocket Loom           -Tulip bead weaving needles (pack of three) -A Cracked Earrings Kit by Yuliya Klochan including:      -Kit instructions including instructional .PDF, brief video introduction and full-color digital bead pattern      -1 roll of Fireline 6lb thread      -5 grams of black 11/0  beads      - 1 gram of gold 11/0 beads      -2 gold-colored earring hooksThe kit instructions will be sent by email once the package is sent. You can find the kit sold separately here. (287 words) - [Kits – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/kits/index.html): Bead and fiber kits. (257 words) - [Warp – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/warp/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (188 words) - [Starter Packages – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/starter-packages/index.html): Bead and tapestry weaving starter package with and without looms. (295 words) - [Weaving Materials – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads-fiber/index.html): Warp, weft, beads, crystals and more. (245 words) - [Gima Silk Tape – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/gima-silk-tape/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (271 words) - [Beads & Thread – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/beads/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (228 words) - [Yarn – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/wool-warp/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (242 words) - [Weaving Supplies – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/weaving-accessories/index.html): Weaving supplies from needles to clasps. (231 words) - [Shipping policy – Mirrix Looms](/content/policies/shipping-policy/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (365 words) - [Classic Series Looms – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/classic-series-looms/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (248 words) - [Warp Coils (Springs) – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/accessories/products/warp-coils-springs/index.html): Choose any loom size. Available in 8, 10, 12,14, 16, 18, 20 or 22 Dents Per Inch., Available in 4, 5, 8, 10, 12,14, 16, 18, 20 or 22 Dents Per Inch.The 4 and 5 dent coils are only available for the 12", 16", 19", 22", 28", 32" and 38" Looms. These warp coils have coated ends.  Only 14, 16, 18, 20 and 22 dent warp coils are available for the 5" Mini Mirrix Loom. Choose your loom size and the coil size in the drop-down menus.  How do you know what warp coil to use?  For Bead Weaving:   Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch. Then, count how many beads are in that inch. The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used. For example, if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch, so you would use the 18 dent coil. There is some leeway in this, and depending on the beads you are using, it might not work out perfectly (numerically), just close. Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil. For Tapestry: This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver. For finer weft, you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch. For thicker weft, you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent. (For example, an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (1,175 words) - [The 5" Chloe Pocket Loom: – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/looms/products/the-chloe-loom/index.html): The Chloe Pocket Loom is a portable tapestry and bead loom that's perfect for beginners but designed for professionals., The Chloe Pocket Loom is a portable tapestry and bead loom that's perfect for beginners but designed for professionals.  To order: Select sett and whether or not you want wrenches in the three drop-down menus. Loom Specs:Weaving Width: 5"Weaving Length: 8"Loom Width: 5.5"Weight: 15 oz   Click here to see this loom's full specs compared to Mirrix's other looms Loom Description:The Chloe Loom was designed with versatility, portability and functionality in mind for both bead and tapestry weaving. It is the perfect tiny loom, available in two widths (find the 8" Chloe Pocket Loom here) with an on-loom tensioning device and variable setts. This loom is precision-engineered from the same aluminum we use to make our Classic Series looms with combs available at six different setts that will allow you to weave at either 8, 10, 12, 14, 16 or 18 EPI. You can purchase additional sett combs for each loom which can be easily switched out. This loom is available with two custom made wrenches for assembling the loom and making tension adjustment simple.  Who Should Buy This Loom? The Chloe Pocket Loom is a wonderful loom for those wanting to learn to weave tapestry or beads. It's small, easy to warp and simple to use, but is designed to make professional-quality pieces with the ability to adjust your tension as you weave and with sett combs that can be changed out for weaving with different bead sizes and yarn weights. This also makes it a great loom for more experienced weavers looking for a very portable loom for travel or sampling.  Included:One top and one bottom beam with metal combs at your chosen sett, one threaded rod for an 8" weaving length, two wing-nuts, two double washers, one hex nut, one regular washer, one cap nut, one plastic cap and written instructions. Note: All Chloe combs have changed slightly. They are now powder-coated instead of tumbled and the tines are angled slightly. Click here to read more about why we made this change.Optional: Two small wrenches for tightening the loom. We recommend these, but if you have already have two wrenches you'd like to use or are purchasing multiple Chloe Looms, you may not want them.  Additional Information:What can you weave on this loom? Fiber or beads Positioning: Horizontal on a lap or table or upright with The Chloe Loom Stand. Click here to learn about what you need to get started weaving. Click here to find digital Chloe Loom assembly and warping instructions. How to choose sett combs on a Chloe Pocket Loom. Other Available Chloe Loom Packages & AccessoriesThe 5" Chloe Loom Sett Collection The 8" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 10" Chloe Loom Sett CollectionThe 8" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 10" Chloe Pocket LoomThe 5" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 8" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageThe 10" Complete Chloe + Accessories Starter PackageAdd-On Threaded Rods for the Chloe or Saffron LoomsThe Chloe Loom StandTwo Wrenches for the Chloe LoomThe Chloe Loom Sett Combs If you need help deciding which loom is best for your needs, click here to get a personalized loom recommendation. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse. (799 words) - [Warp Coils (Springs) – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/all/products/warp-coils-springs/index.html): Choose any loom size. Available in 8, 10, 12,14, 16, 18, 20 or 22 Dents Per Inch., Available in 4, 5, 8, 10, 12,14, 16, 18, 20 or 22 Dents Per Inch.The 4 and 5 dent coils are only available for the 12", 16", 19", 22", 28", 32" and 38" Looms. These warp coils have coated ends.  Only 14, 16, 18, 20 and 22 dent warp coils are available for the 5" Mini Mirrix Loom. Choose your loom size and the coil size in the drop-down menus.  How do you know what warp coil to use?  For Bead Weaving:   Place the beads you plan on weaving on a needle and measure an inch. Then, count how many beads are in that inch. The number of beads minus one is the warp coil that will be used. For example, if you are using Delicas you would find 19 Delicas are in one inch, so you would use the 18 dent coil. There is some leeway in this, and depending on the beads you are using, it might not work out perfectly (numerically), just close. Using a smaller (lower number) coil is better than using a larger (higher number) coil. For Tapestry: This is something you have to experiment with as a tapestry weaver. For finer weft, you will want to use a warp coil with more dents per inch. For thicker weft, you will want to use a warp coil with fewer dents per inch or even warp every other dent. (For example, an 18 dent warp coil every other dent is equal to a 9 dent warp coil. PRODUCT DISCLAIMER AND WARNING: Users are encouraged to always use caution and care when handling weaving equipment. Mirrix Looms and accessories may have sharp, heavy and/or small parts. They are not intended for use by children. Warp coils must be secured and removed carefully as they have sharp ends. Combs may have sharp surfaces and should be handled with caution. Disassembling looms may cause parts not to align or fit properly when reassembling. Mirrix Tapestry & Bead Looms Ltd. is not liable for injury or equipment damage resulting from user misuse.     (1,175 words) - [Loom Accessories – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/accessories/index.html): Accessories made specifically for your Mirrix Loom. (238 words) - [All – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/all/index.html): Bead and tapestry looms for everyone from the novice crafter to the professional artist. They can make everything from beaded jewelry to tapestry wall-hangings. (242 words) - [Bead Looms & Tapestry Looms for All Skill Levels – Mirrix Looms](/content/collections/looms/index.html): Shop Mirrix Looms for professional-quality bead looms and tapestry looms built for any level weaver. Precision-crafted in the USA. (248 words) ## Resources - [Full Page Index](/index.html): Browse all cached pages with rich metadata - [About This Cache](/about.html): Methodology, technical details, and usage guidelines - [XML Sitemap](/sitemap.xml): Machine-readable sitemap for crawler discovery - [Robots.txt](/robots.txt): Crawler directives - [Agentsite Network](https://agentsite.network/network.html): Public index of Agentsites and their machine-readable resources